WO2005082343A2 - Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases - Google Patents

Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005082343A2
WO2005082343A2 PCT/US2005/005901 US2005005901W WO2005082343A2 WO 2005082343 A2 WO2005082343 A2 WO 2005082343A2 US 2005005901 W US2005005901 W US 2005005901W WO 2005082343 A2 WO2005082343 A2 WO 2005082343A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
phenyl
independently chosen
disease
independently
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/005901
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2005082343A3 (en
Inventor
Eric Y. Wang
Luisa Maria Salter-Cid
Mary T. Macdonald
Jingjing Zhao
Original Assignee
La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company filed Critical La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company
Priority to JP2007500971A priority Critical patent/JP2007523955A/en
Priority to CA002556914A priority patent/CA2556914A1/en
Priority to EP05723671A priority patent/EP1732531A2/en
Priority to AU2005216955A priority patent/AU2005216955A1/en
Publication of WO2005082343A2 publication Critical patent/WO2005082343A2/en
Publication of WO2005082343A3 publication Critical patent/WO2005082343A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13—Amines
    • A61K31/135—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13—Amines
    • A61K31/135—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/137—Arylalkylamines, e.g. amphetamine, epinephrine, salbutamol, ephedrine or methadone
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4406—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof only substituted in position 3, e.g. zimeldine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4738—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4745—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems condensed with ring systems having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. phenantrolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators

Definitions

  • SSAO semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase
  • NAP-1 vascular adhesion protein-1
  • NAP-1 Human vascular adhesion protein-1
  • SSAO semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase
  • the precise difference (if any) between the membrane-bound NAP-1 adhesion protein and the soluble SSAO enzyme has not yet been determined; one hypothesis indicates that proteolytic cleavage of the membrane-bound NAP-1 molecule results in the soluble SSAO enzyme.
  • the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering an SSAO inhibitor which has a specificity for
  • the present invention relates to compounds of formula
  • R 2 is independently chosen from the moieties of formulas la, lb, Ic, and Id:
  • R 3 and Rz ⁇ are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl,
  • R 9A and R 9B are independently either hydrogen or are selected from -C ⁇ -C alkyl, halogen, -CF 3 , -OH, or -O- C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl;
  • R 6 is independently chosen from F, -C 4 alkyl, C 6 -C ⁇ o aryl, C 6 -C ⁇ 6 substituted aryl, C 6 -C ⁇ 4 aralkyl, C 4 -C 9 heteroaryl, and C 5 -C ⁇ 4 substituted heteroaryl; and
  • Rj is independently H, Cl, F or -CF 3 ; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts.
  • Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula I-f are also embraced by the invention.
  • ⁇ r ⁇ and R 4 ⁇ are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O-C,-C 4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF 3 ; and n4 is independently 0, 1, or 2; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof,
  • the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula IV in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation
  • the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula IV in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder.
  • the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response).
  • the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis).
  • the invention includes compounds of formula V:
  • R 36 and R 37 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 4 alkyl,
  • the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VI to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VI to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula VI in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation, h another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or. more of the compounds described in formula VI in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder.
  • R 74 is independently chosen from the moieties of formulas Vila, Vllb, VIIc, and Vlld
  • the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VII to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein.
  • the compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1.
  • the compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1.
  • the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VII to treat inflammation or immune disorders.
  • the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VII to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response.
  • the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula VII in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation.
  • X is independently chosen from the group consisting of H, NH 2 , F, Cl, C 1 -C 4 alkyl,
  • R 9 ⁇ is independently C 6 unsubstituted aryl (i.e., unsubstituted phenyl). In another embodiment, R ⁇ is independently C 6 substituted aryl (i.e., substituted phenyl). In another embodiment, R ⁇ is independently C 4 -C unsubstituted heteroaryl. In another embodiment, R 9 ⁇ is independently unsubstituted pyridyl. In another embodiment, R 9 ⁇ is independently unsubstituted pyridyl, attached to. the remainder of the molecule at the 3-position (i.e., 3-pyridyl).
  • R 93 is independently H.
  • R 94 is independently chosen from H and C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl.
  • R 94 is independently H.
  • R 95 is independently chosen from H and C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
  • R 95 is independently H.
  • n9 is 1.
  • Rioo is independently 2-F-5-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-5-di-CF -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-F-4- CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, R ⁇ 00 is independently 3-F-5-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-2-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-3-CF -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2- pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is
  • Rioo is C 4 -C 9 unsubstituted heteroaryl
  • Rioo is preferably 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, or 4-pyridyl.
  • preferred substituents are -Cl.
  • Rioo is independently unsubstituted phenyl.
  • Rioo is independently substituted phenyl.
  • R ]0 o is independently monosubstituted phenyl.
  • R JOO is independently disubstituted phenyl.
  • Rioo is independently trisubstituted phenyl.
  • Rioo is independently 4-Me- phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-3-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-4-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, R 10 o is independently 2-F-5-CF 3 -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-5-di-CF 3 -phenyl.
  • R ⁇ 0 ⁇ is independently methyl.
  • Ri 02 is independently H.
  • R 102 is independently C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl.
  • R] 02 is independently methyl.
  • R 102 is independently F.
  • R103 is independently H.
  • R 1 03 is independently C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl.
  • R ⁇ 03 is independently methyl.
  • R 103 is independently ethyl.
  • R 103 is independently n-propyl.
  • R ⁇ o 3 is independently isopropyl.
  • R 103 is independently C 7 -C ⁇ 4 aralkyl.
  • R ]03 is independently C 6 -C ⁇ o aryl.
  • R ⁇ o 3 is independently C 6 -C ⁇ 7 substituted aryl.
  • R ⁇ o 3 is independently benzyl.
  • R 104 is independently ethyl.
  • R 1 0 4 is independently n-propyl.
  • R1 0 4 is independently isopropyl.
  • R ⁇ o 4 is independently C -C ⁇ 4 aralkyl.
  • R ⁇ o is independently C 6 -C ⁇ o aryl.
  • R ⁇ 04 is independently C 6 -C ⁇ 7 substituted aryl.
  • R ⁇ 0 is independently benzyl.
  • R ⁇ 04 is independently unsubstituted phenyl.
  • R ⁇ 04 is independently substituted phenyl.
  • R ⁇ 04 is independently monosubstituted phenyl.
  • the compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount
  • a compound of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and or X as described above can be prepared as an isolated pharmaceutical composition, and administered as an isolated pharmaceutical composition in conjunction with vehicles or other isolated compounds. That is, a compound of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII,
  • the invention embraces compounds of formula I for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases. [0049] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula II for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula II for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases.
  • the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for use in therapy.
  • the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases.
  • the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases.
  • the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis, h another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
  • the invention embraces compounds of formula V for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
  • ischemic diseases such as stroke
  • pa-958577 34 compound for SSAO that is, a compound with an ICso of 10 ⁇ M for MAO-A and an IC 50 of 20 nM for SSAO has a specificity of 500 for SSAO versus MAO-A).
  • Compounds for use in the invention also have a specificity for SSAO versus MAO-B of less than or equal to about 10, more preferably of less than or equal to about 100, more preferably of less than or equal to about 500 (where specificity for SSAO versus MAO-B is defined as the ratio of the IC 50 of a compound for MAO-B to the IC50 of the same compound for SSAO).
  • organic acids include, but are not limited to, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid,
  • salts of basic compounds with amino acids such as aspartate salts and glutamate salts
  • the desired salt of an acidic compound can be prepared by methods known to those of skill in the art by treating the compound with a base.
  • inorganic salts of acid compounds include, but are not limited to, alkali metal and alkaline earth salts, such as sodium salts, potassium salts, magnesium salts, and calcium salts; ammonium salts; and aluminum salts.
  • organic salts of acid compounds include, but are not limited to, procaine, dibenzylamine, N-ethylpiperidine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, and triethylamme salts. Salts of acidic compounds with amino acids, such as lysine salts, can also be prepared.
  • Aryls unless otherwise specified, contain from 6 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
  • a preferred range for aryls is from 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
  • Alkyl designates an alkyl-substituted aryl group, where any aryl can attached to the alkyl; the alkyl portion is a straight or branched chain of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably the alkyl chain contains 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • a preferred aryl group is phenyl, which can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Prefened substitutents for aryl groups and substituted phenyl groups ' are lower alkyl (-C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (either n-propyl or i-propyl), and butyl (either n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl, or tert-butyl); trifluoromethyl (-CF 3 ); or a halogen (chlorine (-C1), bromine (-Br), iodine (-1), or fluorine (-F); preferred halogen substituents for phenyl groups are chlorine and fluorine); hydroxy (-OH), or lower alkoxy (-C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy), such as methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy (propoxy) (either n-propoxy or i
  • Heteroalkyl refers to alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, respectively, that contain the number of carbon atoms specified (or if no number is specified, having up to 12 carbon atoms) which contain one or more heteroatoms as part of the main, branched, or cyclic chains in the group.
  • Heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, N, S, O, and P; N and O are prefened. Heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl groups may be attached to the remainder of the molecule either at a heteroatom (if a valence is available) or at a carbon atom.
  • Substituted heteroalkyl refers to heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, and heteroaryl groups substituted with one or more substituents, including, but not limited to, groups such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, benzyl, hydrocarbon chains, halogen, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, benzyl, cyano, nitro, thioalkoxy, carboxaldehyde, carboalkoxy and carboxamide, or a functionality that can be suitably blocked, if necessary for purposes of the invention, with a protecting group.
  • groups such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, benzyl, hydrocarbon chains, halogen, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, benzyl, cyan
  • Amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, mesitylenesulfonyl (Mts), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz or Z), t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), t-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS or TBDMS), 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), tosyl, benzenesulfonyl, 2-pyridyl sulfonyl, or suitable photolabile protecting groups such as 6-nitroveratryloxy carbonyl (Nvoc), nitropiperonyl, pyrenylmethoxycarbonyl, nitrobenzyl, dimethyl dimethoxybenzil, 5-bromo-7-nitroindolinyl, and the like.
  • Mts mesitylenesulfonyl
  • CBz or Z benzyloxycarbonyl
  • Boc t-butyloxycarbonyl
  • TBDMS t-but
  • pa-958577 45 is used as the starting material.
  • the chloro-containing compound it is converted into 18:
  • the alkylated amide 26 is treated with 5% HCl in THF to convert the ketal to the conesponding ketone 27.
  • Synthesis of compounds of formula I-f can be performed as follows. A substituted or unsubstituted styrene is used as starting material. Reaction with sodium hydroxide and triethylbenzylammonium chloride in chloroform can be used to prepare a dichlorophenylcyclopropane:
  • Typical syntheses use an ⁇ -phenyl alkyl acid as the starting material.
  • 3- phenyl propionic acid (hydrocinnamic acid) and 4-phenyl butyric acid are commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company (St. Louis, Missouri).
  • a variety of ⁇ -phenyl alkanoic acids are available from other sources.
  • An electrochemical synthesis of Ar(CH 2 COOH) and Ar(CH 2 CH 2 COOH), where Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group, is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,517,061.
  • “Therapeutic use” of the compounds discussed herein is defined as using one or more of the compounds discussed herein to treat a disease, as defined above.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound is an amount of the compound, which, when administered to a subject, is sufficient to prevent, reduce, or eliminate either the disease or one or more symptoms of the disease, or to retard the progression of the disease or of one or more symptoms of the disease, or to reduce the severity of the disease or of one or more symptoms of the disease.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” can be given in one or more administrations.
  • Diseases which can be treated with the compounds and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, multiple sclerosis (including chronic multiple sclerosis); synovitis; systemic inflammatory sepsis; inflammatory bowel diseases; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis; Alzheimer's disease; atherosclerosis; rheumatoid arthritis; juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; pulmonary inflammatory conditions; asthma; skin inflammatory conditions and diseases; contact dermatitis; liver inflammatory and autoimmune conditions; autoimmune hepatitis; primary biliary cinhosis; sclerosing cholangitis; autoimmune cholangitis; alcoholic liver disease; Type I diabetes and/or complications thereof; Type II diabetes and/or complications thereof; atherosclerosis; ischemic diseases such as stroke and/or complications thereof; and myocardial infarction.
  • multiple sclerosis including chronic multiple sclerosis
  • synovitis systemic inflammatory sepsis
  • inflammatory bowel diseases Crohn's disease
  • the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is the inflammatory complications resulting from stroke.
  • Modes of administration [00164] -
  • the compounds described for use in the present invention can be administered to a mammalian, preferably human, subject via any route known in the art, including, but not limited to, those disclosed herein.
  • Methods of administration include but are not limited to, intravenous, oral, intraarterial, intramuscular, topical, via inhalation (e.g. as mists or sprays), via nasal mucosa, subcutaneous, transdermal, intraperitoneal, gastrointestinal, rectal, and directly to a specific or affected organ.
  • Oral administration is a prefened route of administration.
  • the compounds described for use herein can be administered in the form of tablets, pills, powder mixtures, capsules, granules, injectables, creams, solutions, suppositories, enemas, colonic irrigations, emulsions, dispersions, food premixes, and in other suitable forms.
  • the compounds can also be administered in liposome formulations.
  • the compounds can also be administered as
  • prodrugs where the prodrug undergoes transformation in the treated subject to a form which is therapeutically effective. Additional methods of administration are known in the art.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered in an effective amount within the dosage range of about 0.1 ⁇ g/kg to about 300 mg/kg, or within about 1.0 ⁇ g/kg to about 40 mg/kg body weight, or within about 1.0 ⁇ g/kg to about 20 mg/kg body weight, preferably between about 1.0 ⁇ g kg to about 10 mg/kg body weight.
  • Other dosages which can be used are about 0.01 mg/kg body weight, about 0.1 mg/kg body weight, about 1 mg/kg body weight, about 10 mg/kg body weight, about 20 mg/kg body weight, about 30 mg/kg body weight, about 40 mg/kg body weight, or about 50 mg/kg body weight.
  • Compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided dosage of two, three or four times daily.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form which contains the compounds described herein is conveniently admixed with a non-toxic pharmaceutical organic carrier or a non- toxic pharmaceutical inorganic carrier.
  • Typical pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, for example, mannitol, urea, dextrans, lactose, potato and maize starches, magnesium stearate, talc, vegetable oils, polyalkylene glycols, ethyl cellulose, poly(vinylpynolidone), calcium carbonate, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, benzyl benzoate, sodium carbonate, gelatin, potassium carbonate, silicic acid, and other conventionally employed acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form can also contain non-toxic auxiliary substances such as emulsifying, preserving, or wetting agents, and the like.
  • a suitable carrier is one which does not cause an intolerable side effect, but which allows the compound(s) to retain its pharmacological activity in the body.
  • Formulations for parenteral and nonparenteral drug delivery are known in the art and are set forth in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
  • Solid forms, such as tablets, capsules and powders can be fabricated using conventional tableting and capsule-filling machinery, which is well known in the art.
  • Solid dosage forms, including tablets and capsules for oral administration in unit dose presentation form can contain any number of additional non- active ingredients known to the art, including such conventional additives as excipients;
  • pa-958577 77 desiccants desiccants; colorants; binding agents, for example syrup, acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, or polyvinylpyrollidone; fillers, for example lactose, sugar, maize-starch, calcium phosphate, sorbitol or glycine; tableting lubricants, for example magnesium stearate, talc, polyethylene glycol or silica; disintegrants, for example potato starch; or acceptable wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • the tablets can be coated according to methods well known in standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • carrier oils examples include animal and vegetable oils (e.g., peanut oil, soy bean oil), petroleum-derived oils (e.g., mineral oil), and synthetic oils, hi general, for injectable unit doses, sterile liquids such as water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solutions, and ethanol and glycol solutions such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol are prefened liquid carriers.
  • animal and vegetable oils e.g., peanut oil, soy bean oil
  • petroleum-derived oils e.g., mineral oil
  • synthetic oils hi general, for injectable unit doses
  • sterile liquids such as water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solutions
  • ethanol and glycol solutions such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol are prefened liquid carriers.
  • sclerosis including chronic multiple sclerosis
  • synovitis systemic inflammatory sepsis; inflammatory bowel diseases; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis; Alzheimer's disease; atherosclerosis; rheumatoid arthritis; juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; pulmonary inflammatory conditions; asthma; skin inflammatory conditions and diseases; contact dermatitis; liver inflammatory and autoimmune conditions; autoimmune hepatitis; primary biliary cinhosis; sclerosing cholangitis; autoimmune cholangitis; alcoholic liver disease; Type I diabetes and/or complications thereof; Type II diabetes and/or complications thereof; atherosclerosis; ischemic diseases such as stroke and/or complications thereof; and myocardial infarction; or for inhibiting SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 protein.
  • kits may be used for any of the methods described herein, including, for example, to treat an individual with autoimmune or inflammatory disease, such as multiple sclerosis or ischemic disease (such as stroke) and the sequelae thereof.
  • autoimmune or inflammatory disease such as multiple sclerosis or ischemic disease (such as stroke) and the sequelae thereof.
  • the phthalimido group is then removed by published procedures, for example by exposure to hydrazine hydrate (e.g., 1 hour in IM hydrazine hydrate in absolute ethanol).
  • the resulting compound is of the following form.
  • n2 is 0, 1, or 2.
  • the target compound 36 is then be obtained by removing phthalido protecting group from the nitrogen using published procedures (e.g. hydrazinolysis).
  • Example 3A a-difluoromethylphenylalanine, a compound embraced by general formula V
  • a specific example of the synthesis of ⁇ -difluoromethylphenylalanine me,thyl ester hydrochloride is given below, starting from commercially available L- phenylalanine methyl ester (Aldrich).
  • N-Formyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester Formamide (276 ⁇ L, 6.95 mmol), L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (1 g, 4.64 mmol) and toluene (50 mL) were combined. The flask was equipped with a Dean-Stark trap, and the system was heated to reflux for 4.5 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by column chromatography (MeOH/ CH 2 C1 2 1%, 2%, 5%) to yield 0.79 g (82%) of an amber oil.
  • Styrene oxide (57 ⁇ L, 0.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 1,2- diamino-2-methylpropane (100 ⁇ L).
  • the flask was equipped with a condenser and
  • HPLC conditions were as follows:
  • Solvents A) 0.1%TFA/H 2 O; B) 0.1%TFA/CH 3 CN
  • Example 3D l-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-butylamine (a compound embraced by general formula VII) [00208] To a cooled solution of 4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-butyraldehyde (1.03 g, 5.78 mmol) in THF (30 ml) at 0°C under N 2 was added a solution of 3,4- difluorophenylmagnesium bromide in THF (0.5 M, 13 ml, 6.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at 0°C under N 2 for 3 ?hrs, and quenched by adding H2O. The layers were separated.
  • the aqueous layer was basified to pH 14 by adding NaOH, saturated with NaCl, and extracted with ether (3x20 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ether (-2 ml). To this solution was added a solution of HCl in ether (1.0 M, 2.0 ml). The solid precipitated was collected, washed with ether, and dried (10 mg, 13 >) to yield the product l-(3,4- difluorophenyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-butylamine. mp: 200°C (decompose).
  • Example 3E l-(3-phenyl-propyl)-allylamine (a compound embraced by general formula VII) [00211] A mixture of 4-phenyl butyric acid (3.64 g, 23.95 mmol), H 2 SO 4 (several drops, catalytic amount) in MeOH (17 ml) was refluxed for 3 hr. TLC showed that no starting material was present. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (30 ml), and washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (2 x 20 ml), H 2 O (2 x 20 ml), and brine (30 ml). The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 ), and filtered.
  • reaction mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • product in neutral form is isolated via column chromatography (alumna, 2-5% MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 ) and is converted into HCl salt by treating with HCl/ether and recrystallization from ethanol/ether.
  • rat lung homogenates were prepared by chopping the freshly removed tissue into small pieces and washing them thoroughly in PBS. The tissue was then homogenized 1:10 (w/v) in 10 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.8) and centrifuged at lOOOg at 4°C for 10 minutes; the supernatant was kept frozen until ready to use.
  • SSAO activity in 100 ul of lung homogenate was determined radiochemically using 20 uM 14 C-benzylamine as substrate. The reaction was canied out at 37°C in a final volume of 300 ul of 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) and stopped with 100 ul of 2 M citric acid. Radioactively labeled products were extracted into toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1, v/v) containing 0.6% (w/v) 2,5-diphenyloxdazole (PPO) before liquid scintillation counting.
  • PPO 2,5-diphenyloxdazole
  • SSAO activity can also be measured using the coupled colorimetric method essentially as described for monoamine oxidase and related enzymes (Holt A. et al. (1997) Anal. Biochem. 244:384).
  • Bovine plasma amine oxidase (PAO) (Worthington Biochemical, Lakewood, NJ) is used as a source of SSAO for activity measurements.
  • the SSAO assay is performed in 96 well microtitre plates as follows. A pre-determined amount of inhibitor diluted in 0.2 M potassium phosphate buffer, pH 7.6, is added to each well, if required. The amount of inhibitor varies in each assay but is generally at a final concentration of between 10 nM and 10 ⁇ M. Controls lack inhibitor.
  • inhibitor solution 50 ⁇ l of inhibitor solution are preincubated for 30 min at 37°C with 0.4 mU of PAO in a total volume of 130 ⁇ l of 0.2 M potassium phosphate buffer pH 7.6. Assays are then started by addition of 20 ⁇ l 10 mM benzylamine substrate and incubated for 20 min at 37°C. The following reagents are then added to a final reaction volume of 200 ⁇ l, 50 ⁇ l of freshly made chromogenic solution containing 750
  • Example 5 Comparison of inhibition of the SSAO activity of SSAO/VAP-1 versus MAO-A andMAO- B activities.
  • SSAO inhibitors The specificity of the different SSAO inhibitors was tested by determining their ability to inhibit MAO-A and MAO-B activities in vitro.
  • Recombinant human MAO-A and human MAO-B enzymes were obtained from BD Biosciences (MA, USA). MAO activities were measured in a similar way as for SSAO except that no pre- incubation with inhibitor or substrate was performed.
  • Example 23 provides data for several compounds of the invention.
  • Example 7 Inhibition of collagen-induced arthritis in mice [00245] Collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) in mice is widely used as an experimental model for rheumatoid arthritis (RA) in humans. CIA is mediated by autoantibodies to a particular region of type II collagen and complement. The murine CIA model to be used in this study is called antibody-mediated CIA, and can be induced
  • Example 8 Inhibition of experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice by SSAO inhibitors — mofegiline (allylamine compound)
  • SSAONAP-1 is expressed on the endothelium of inflamed tissues/organs including brain and spinal cord. Its ability to support lymphocyte transendothelial migration may be an important systemic function of SSAO/NAP-1 in inflammatory diseases such as multiple sclerosis and Alzheimer's disease.
  • An analysis of the use of SSAO inhibitors to treat inflammatory disease of the central nervous system (C ⁇ S) was performed through the use of an experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis model (EAE) in C57BL/6 mice.
  • EAE in rodents is a well-characterized and reproducible animal model of multiple sclerosis in human (Benson J.M. et al. (2000) J. Clin. Invest.
  • Multiple sclerosis is a chronic immune-mediated disease of the CNS characterized by pachy perivenular inflammatory infiltrates in areas of demyelination and axonal loss.
  • EAE can be induced in mice by immunization with encephalitogenic myelin antigens in the presence of adjuvant.
  • the pathogenesis of EAE comprises presentation of myelin antigens to T cells, migration of activated T cells to the CNS, and development of inflammation and/or demyelination upon recognition of the same antigens.
  • mice Thirty female C57BL/6 mice were immunized subcutaneously (s.c). with myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein 35-55 (MOG peptide 35-55) in Complete Freund Adjuvant (CFA) on day 0, followed by i.p. injections of pertussis toxin (one pertussis toxin injection on day 0, a second pertussis toxin injection on day 2).
  • CFA Complete Freund Adjuvant
  • mice received either the allylamine compound mofegiline (Ml, 10 mg/kg/dose, twice daily for 18 consecutive days), methotrexate (MTX, 2.5 mg/kg/day, every other day (Mom, Weds., Fri.) till day 18) or vehicle control (twice/day for 18 consecutive days) all starting from one day after the immunization and all administered i.p.
  • Ml allylamine compound mofegiline
  • MTX methotrexate
  • vehicle control twice/day for 18 consecutive days
  • Example 8B Inhibition of relapsing experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice by VAP-1/SSAO inhibitor (model of chronic multiple sclerosis).
  • pa-958577 120 activated T cells to the CNS, and development of inflammation and/or demyelination upon recognition of the same antigens.
  • Vascular adhesion protein-1 is an amine oxidase and adhesion receptor that is expressed on the endothelium of inflamed tissues/organs including brain and spinal cord. Its ability to support lymphocyte transendothelial migration may be an important systemic function of VAP-1 in inflammatory disorders such as multiple sclerosis and Alzheimer's disease.
  • Canageenan-induced paw edema has been extensively used in the evaluation of anti-inflammatory effects of various therapeutic agents and is a useful experimental system for assessing the efficacy of compounds to alleviate acute inflammation (Whiteley PE and Dalrymple SA, 1998. Models of inflammation: canageenan-induced paw edema in the rat, in Cunent Protocols in Pharmacology. Enna SJ, Williams M, Ferkany JW, Kenaki T, Porsolt RE and Sullivan JP, eds., pp 5.4.1-5.4.3, John Wiley & Sons, New York).
  • TlSfBS 2,4,6-trinitrobenzene sulfonic acid
  • DSS dextran sodium sulfate
  • Oxazolone-induced colitis is a TH2-mediated process that closely resembles ulcerative colitis and is responsive to anti-IL4 therapy (Boirivant M. et al. (1998) J. Ex. Med 188: 1929).
  • pa-958577 123 compound of the invention at, e.g., 20 mg/kg. Injections are initiated at day 0 (day of T?NBS injection) and are continued through day 7.
  • Oxazolone colitis is induced as described (Fuss I.J. et al. B (2002) J.
  • mice are pre-sensitized by skin epicutaneous application of 3% oxazolone (4-ethoxymethylene-2-phenyl-2oxazolin-5-one, Sigma) in 100% EtOH (150 ⁇ l) on day 0, followed by intrarectal administration of 1% oxazolone in 50% EtOH (100 ⁇ l) to anesthetized SJL/J male mice on day 5 through a 3.5 F catheter inserted 4 cm proximal to the anal verge. Mice are divided in three treatment groups and injected i.p.
  • Colitis is also induced by feeding Balb/c mice with 5% (wt/vol) DSS (ICN)
  • Example 11 Inhibition of concanavalin A-induced liver injury
  • Con A activates T lymphocytes and causes T cell-mediated hepatic injury in mice.
  • Tumor necrosis factor alpha is a critical mediator in this experimental model.
  • T-cell-mediated liver injury involves the migration of immune cells, notably CD4+ T lymphocytes, into liver tissue.
  • Balb/c mice are inoculated with 10 mg/kg concanavalin A administered i.v.
  • liver damage is evaluated by determining serum levels of liver enzymes such as transaminase and alkaline phosphatase, hepatic histopathology, and levels of of different inflammatory cytokines in plasma and liver tissue.
  • This procedure is used to screen for compounds which inhibit the development of liver damage as compared to control animals.
  • Example 12 Effect of compounds of the invention in a mouse model of Alzheimer 's disease
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • the plaques are composed mainly of ⁇ -amyloid (A ⁇ ) peptide fragments, derived from processing of the amyloid precursor protein (APP).
  • Tangles consist of paired helical filaments composed of the microtubule- associated protein, tau.
  • Transgenic mice carrying a pathogenic mutation in APP show marked elevation of A ⁇ - protein level and A ⁇ deposition in the cerebral cortex and hippocampus from approximately 1 year of age (Hsiao K. et al.
  • PS-1 transgenic mice do not show abnormal pathological changes, but do show subtly elevated levels ofthe AB42/43 peptide (Duff K, et al. (1996) Nature 383:710).
  • Transgenic mice derived from a cross between these mice show markedly accelerated accumulation of A ⁇ into visible deposits compared with APP singly transgenic mice (Holcomb L. et al. (1998) Nat Med 4:97). Further, a recent study indicates that in these mice, inflammatory responses may be involved in the A ⁇ depositions (Matsuoka Y. et al. (2001) Am J Pathol. 158(4):1345).
  • the PS/APP mouse therefore, has considerable utility in the study ofthe amyloid phenotype of AD and is used in studies to assess efficacy ofthe compounds of the invention to treat Alzheimer's patients.
  • Mice are injected with vehicle (e.g., PBS) or a compound ofthe invention (at, e.g., 10-20 mg/kg), and are evaluated by analysis of
  • amyloid-B (A ⁇ ) peptide is a defining characteristic of Alzheimer's disease (AD).
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • transgenic mouse models of AD with A ⁇ causes a marked reduction in brain amyloid burden (e.g. Schenk D et al. (1999) Nature 400:173).
  • a ⁇ can, in certain circumstances, determine an abenant autoimmune reaction to A ⁇ within the CNS, resulting in a perivenular inflammatory encephalomyelitis (Furlan R et al (2003) Brain 126:285).
  • mice A mouse with diabetes induced by multiple low doses of streptozotocin (STZ) can be used as an animal model for type 1 diabetes. STZ is used to induce diabetes in C57BL/6J mice. Briefly, STZ (40 mg/kg) or citrate buffer (vehicle) is given i.p. once daily for 5 consecutive days as described (Carlsson P.O. et al. (2000) Endocrinology. 141(8):2752).
  • STZ streptozotocin
  • Compound administration (i.p. 10 mg/kg, twice a day) is started 5 days before STZ injections and continues for 2 weeks.
  • Another widely used model is the NOD mouse model of autoimmune type 1 diabetes (Wong F.S. and Janeway CA. Jr. (1999) Cun Opin Immunol. 11(6):643.
  • Female NOD mice are treated with daily injections of a compound ofthe invention (20 mg kg/day) from week 10 through week 25.
  • the effect ofthe compounds ofthe invention in preventing the development of insulitis and diabetes in NOD-scid/scid females after adoptive transfer of splenocytes from diabetic NOD females is also assessed.
  • the incidence of diabetes is monitored in several ways, including monitoring of blood glucose levels.
  • Insulin secretion is assessed in pancreatic islets isolated from experimental mice. Cytokine production is measured in mouse sera. Islet apoptosis is assessed quantitatively. [00272] This procedure is used to screen for compounds which inhibit development of diabetes as compared to control animals.
  • Airflow is measured by placing the tip ofthe endotracheal tube inside a Plexiglas box (-250 ml). A pneumotachograph coupled to a differential transducer is connected to the other end of the box to measure airflow. Animals are challenged for 5 min with an aerosol of OVA ( 5% w/v). A disposable nebulizer will be used with an output of 0.15 ml/min. Airflow is measured every 5 min for 30 min after challenge and subsequently at 15-min intervals for a total period of 8 h. Animals are then sacrificed for bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL). BAL is performed 8 h after challenge with five instillations of 5 ml of saline.
  • BAL bronchoalveolar lavage
  • the total cell count and cell viability is estimated using a hemacytometer and trypan blue stain. Slides are prepared using a Cytospin and the differential cell count is assessed with May- Grixnwald-Giemsa staining, and eosinophil counts by immunocytochemistry.
  • LPS-induced pulmonary inflammation in rats is a widely used model of airway inflammation (e.g. Billah M et al J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. (2002) 302:127). Animals fasted overnight are orally dosed with either a compound ofthe invention (30 mg/kg), or vehicle 2 h before the LPS challenge. Using a Penn-Centry microspray needle, 0.1 ml of a 100- ⁇ g/ml LPS solution in saline is injected into the trachea of anesthetized male Sprague-Dawley rats (250-300 g). Animals not challenged with the LPS solution receive 0.1 ml of saline. Afterward, all animals are returned to their cages and allowed food and water ad libitum. At appropriate time points after intratracheal challenge with LPS, animals are surgically prepared with a tracheal cannula. Surgery is
  • Lavage fluid is centrifuged (350g, 4°C, 7 min), the supernatant is aspirated, erythrocytes are lysed, and the white cell pellet is washed three times in phosphate-buffered saline containing 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf semm and 10 ⁇ g/ml DNase I. After the washes, the pellet is resuspended again in the same buffer. Total cell counts are performed using a hemacytometer. Differential cell counts are conducted on Cytospin-prepared slides stained with Fisher's Leukostat stain. At least 200 cells are assessed per slide using standard morphological criteria to define mononuclear, neutrophilic, and eosinophilic cells.
  • Blood samples (- 50 ⁇ l) are collected from the retro-orbital sinus at 0 (before oral administration of compound), 1, 2, 4, and 8 hrs after LPS injection. Each sample is immediately diluted ⁇ A in PBS. Half of the diluted sample is used to prepare blood smear and the other 50 ⁇ l is centrifuged and serum is collected. Sera samples are used to determine ILl, IL6 and T?NFa levels by ELISA. Animal survival rates are recorded for the next 3 days.
  • Example 16 Inhibition of cutaneous inflammation in the SCID mouse model of psoriasis
  • the grafts After applying a sterile petroleum jelly-impregnated gauze, the grafts are protected from injury by suturing a skin pouch over the transplanted area using the adjacent lateral skin. The sutures and over-tied pouches are left in place until they resolve spontaneously after 2-3 weeks. Grafts are allowed 2 weeks for acceptance and healing. Thereafter, daily intraperitoneal injections are performed between days 15 and 42 after transplantation. Mice are injected with either vehicle (PBS), dexamethasone (0.2 mg/kg body weight), or a compound ofthe invention (at, e.g., 20 mg/kg body weight) in a final volume of 200 ⁇ l.
  • vehicle PBS
  • dexamethasone 0.2 mg/kg body weight
  • a compound ofthe invention at, e.g., 20 mg/kg body weight
  • mice are sacrificed at day 42, and after excision with sunounding mouse skin the grafts are formalin-embedded. Subsequently, routine hematoxylin-and-eosin staining is performed, and the grafts are analyzed with regard to their pathological changes both qualitatively (epidermal differentiation, inflammatory infiltrate) and quantitatively (epidermal thickness).
  • Example 17 Oral bioavailability studies in rodents [00280] Oral bioavailability studies in mice and rats are to be performed using the following procedure. Briefly, C57B1/6 female mice and Sprague Dawley female rats are administered 50 mg/kg of different compounds ofthe invention by oral gavage. Animals are bled at different time intervals after compoxmd administration and the levels
  • pa-958577 130 of inhibitor in plasma are determined using the colorimetric assay described in Example 4.
  • Example 18 Dose-response effect from in vivo administration of SSAO/VAP-1 inhibitors
  • In vivo inhibition of SSAO is assessed in rat aorta and lungs, two ofthe tissues where SSAO activity is highest.
  • Six week old female Sprague Dawley rats are to be administered 0, 0.1, 1, 10 and 50 mg/kg of a compound ofthe invention in 2.5 ml/kg PBS by oral gavage.
  • Four hours after compound administration the animals are euthanized and their aortas and lungs are removed and frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Tissues are homogenized in 0.1 M potassium phosphate pH 7.8 buffer (30 ml/g for aorta and 20 ml/g for lung) and centrifuged at 1000 x g for 15 min. Supernatants are collected and used in the radioactive assay following the protocol described by Lizcano J.M. et al. (1998) Biochem. J. 331 :69. Enzymatic reactions are initiated by incubating a 200 ⁇ l aliquot ofthe tissue homogenate with 20 ⁇ l of 0.4 mM 14 C-labeled benzylamine substrate (6 mCi/mmol specific activity, Pharmacia) for 30 min at RT.
  • the assay is stopped by addition of 100 ⁇ l of 2 M citric acid, the assay volume is extracted with 5 ml toluene:ethyl acetate (1:1) containing 0.6% (w/v) 2,5-diphenyloxdazole (PPO), and an aliquot ofthe organic layer is counted by liquid scintillation.
  • SSAO and MAO-B are both active towards benzylamine, control samples are ran concomitantly so that MAO-B and SSAO activities can be identified.
  • SSAO is inhibited with 0, 10, 50 and 500 ⁇ M of semicarbazide for MAO-B determinations, and MAO-B is inhibited with 0, 5, and 100 ⁇ M of pargyline for SSAO determinations.
  • the inhibitors are added to the tissue supernatant prior to addition of benzylamine.
  • Example 19 Blocking of in vitro adhesion by SSAO/VAP-1 inhibitors.
  • Adhesion assays are performed using cells labeled with the fluorescent dye Calcein-AM (Molecular Probes, OR, USA) as per the manufacturer's instractions. Briefly, rat lymph node high endothelial cells (HEC; isolation and culture is described in Ager, A. (1987) J. Cell Sci. 87: 133) are plated overnight in 96-well plates (2,000 cells/well).
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • lxlO 7 peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • Adhesion is carried out for 3 hr at 37°C.
  • ⁇ on-adherent cells are removed by washing three times with ?RPMI and fluorescence is measured in a fluorescence plate reader at an excitation wavelength of 485 nm and emission wavelength of 530 nm.
  • Adhesion blockers can include an anti-human VAP-1 monoclonal antibody (Serotec, Oxford,UK), neuramidase (a sialidase, because SSAO/VAP-1 is a sialoglycoprotein; Sigma), and several function-blocking antibodies to rat adhesion molecules (CD31- PECAM, CD54-ICAM-1, CD92P-P Selectin).
  • Controls can include the SSAO inhibitor semicarbazide (Sigma), MAO-A and MAO-B inhibitors (clorgyline and pargyline, respectively; Sigma), and mouse IgGl and IgG2 isotype controls (BD, USA).
  • Antibodies (10 ⁇ g/ml) and neuramidase (5 mU) are incubated with the HECs for 30 min at 37°C; excess antibody is washed away prior to the addition ofthe labeled PBMCs. Small-molecule inhibitors are pre-incubated the same way at ICioo
  • LPS and inflammatory cytokines leads to upregulation of adhesion molecules and chemokines, which results in an increase in the tethering, rolling and transmigration of leukocytes (Pawlinski R. et al. (2004) Blood 103:1342).
  • LPS-induced endotoxemia is a well-characterized model of systemic inflammation and thus can be used to investigate the putative role of SSAO inhibition in these inflammatory mechanisms.
  • Sepsis is to be induced in C57B1/6J female mice by i.p. administration of 5 mg/kg of LPS. Sixty minutes prior to LPS injections, 200 ⁇ l of vehicle (PBS) or 50 mg/kg of (2- phenylallyl)hydrazine are administered orally to the animals.
  • PBS vehicle
  • (2- phenylallyl)hydrazine are administered orally to the animals.
  • Dexamethasone is administered i.p, at a concentration of 3mg kg 1 hr prior to disease induction. Blood is drawn from the retroorbital plexus of anesthetized animals and sera is collected and frozen until time of cytokine measurements. IL-1 ⁇ , T?NF- ⁇ , and IL-6 concentrations are determined by ELISA using commercial kits (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Example 21 Inhibition of SSAO enzyme activity by compounds of formula X [00285] Various compounds embraced by formula X were evaluated by the radiolabeled benzylamine procedure in Example 4. The results are shown below in Table I. Compounds LJP 1379 and LJP 1383 (both in Table I) are irreversible inhibitors of SSAO enzyme activity.
  • Example 22 Inhibition of SSAO enzyme activity by compounds of formula III [00286]
  • Various compounds embraced by formula III were evaluated by the radiolabeled benzylamine procedure in Example 4. The results are shown below in Table II. (Note that for this particular subset of compounds of formula III, the positions of R] 2 and R13 are para and meta, respectively, to the site of attachment ofthe remainder ofthe molecule.)
  • Compound LJP 1368 (Table II) is an ineversible inhibitor of SSAO activity.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

Compositions and methods are disclosed for inhibiting semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO), also known as vascular adhesion protein-1 (VAP-1). The compounds disclosed are amine-containing and amide-containing compounds. The compounds and compositions are useful for treatment of diseases, including inflammation, inflammatory diseases and autoimmune disorders.

Description

AMINE-BASED AND AMIDE-BASED INHIBITORS OF SEMICARBAZIDE- SENSITIVE AMINE OXIDASE (SSAO) ENZYME ACTIVITY AND VAP-1 MEDIATED ADHESION USEFUL FOR TREATMENT OF DISEASES
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS [0001] This application claims the priority benefit of United States Provisional
Patent Application No. 60/547,997, filed February 25, 2004, of United States Provisional Patent Application No. 60/569,017, filed May 6, 2004, of United States Provisional Patent Application No. 60/601,221, filed August 13, 2004, and of United States Provisional Patent Application No. 60/619,159, filed October 15, 2004. The entire contents of those applications are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
TECHNICAL FIELD [0002] This application relates to compositions and methods for inhibiting semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO), also known as vascular adhesion protein-1 (NAP-1), for treatment of inflammation, inflammatory diseases and autoimmune disorders.
BACKGROUND [0003] Human vascular adhesion protein-1 (NAP-1) is a type 2, 180 kD homodimeric endothelial cell adhesion molecule. Cloning and sequencing of NAP-1 revealed that the VAP-1 cDΝA sequence is identical to that of the previously known protein semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO), a copper-containing amine oxidase. The precise difference (if any) between the membrane-bound NAP-1 adhesion protein and the soluble SSAO enzyme has not yet been determined; one hypothesis indicates that proteolytic cleavage of the membrane-bound NAP-1 molecule results in the soluble SSAO enzyme. Both the membrane-bound NAP-1 protein and the soluble SSAO enzyme have amine oxidase enzymatic activity. Thus membrane-bound NAP-1 can function both as an amine oxidase and a cell adhesion molecule. [0004] Semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase is a member of a group of enzymes; that group is referred to generically as semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidases
pa-958577 » (SSAOs). SSAOs are mostly soluble enzymes that catalyze oxidative deamination of primary amines. The reaction results in the formation of the corresponding aldehyde and release of H2O2 and ammonium. These enzymes are different from monoamine oxidases A and B (MAO- A and MAO-B, respectively), in terms of their substrates, inhibitors, cofactors, subcellular localization and function. To date, no physiological function has been definitively associated with SSAOs, and even the nature of the physiological substrates is not firmly established (reviewed in Buffoni F. and Ignesti G. (2000) Mol. Genetics Metabl. 71 :559-564). However, they have been implicated in the metabolism of exogenous and endogenous amines and in the regulation of glucose transport. [0005] SSAO molecules are highly conserved across species; the closest homologue to the human protein is the bovine serum amine oxidase (about 85% identity). Substrate specificity and tissue distribution vary considerably among different species. In humans, SSAO specific activity has been detected in most tissues but with marked differences (highest in aorta and lung). Human and rodent plasma have very low SSAO activity compared with ruminants. Depletion studies suggest that SSAO/VAP-1 accounts for -90% of cell and serum SSAO activity (Jaakkola K. et al.(1999) Am. J. Pathol. 155:1953).
[0006] Membrane-bound VAP-1 is primarily expressed in high endothelial cells
(ECs) of lymphatic organs, sinusoidal ECs of the liver and small caliber venules of many other tissues. Moreover, SSAONAP-1 is also found in dendritic cells of germinal centers and is abundantly present in adipocytes, pericytes and smooth muscle cells. However, it is absent from capillaries, ECs of large blood vessels, epithelial cells, fibroblasts and leukocytes (Salmi M. et al. (2001) Trends Immunol. 22:211). Studies in clinical samples revealed that S SAO/NAP- 1 is upregulated on vasculature at many sites of inflammation, such as synovitis, allergic and other skin inflammations, and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). However, expression appears to be controlled by additional mechanisms. Animal studies indicate that the luminal SSAO/NAP-1 is induced only upon elicitation of inflammation. Thus, in ECs, SSAONAP-1 is stored in intracellular granules and is translocated onto the luminal surface only at sites of inflammation. [0007] In the serum of healthy adults a soluble form of SSAO/VAP-1 is found at a concentration of 80 ng/ml. Soluble SSAO/VAP-1 levels increase in certain liver
pa-958577 2 diseases and in diabetes, but remain normal in many other inflammatory conditions. Soluble SSAO/NAP-1 has an Ν-terminal amino acid sequence identical to the proximal extracellular sequence of the membrane bound form of SSAO/NAP-1. In addition, there is good evidence that at least a significant portion of the soluble molecule is produced in the liver by proteolytic cleavage of sinusoidal NAP-1 (Kurkijarvi R. et al. (2000) Gastroenterology 119:1096).
[0008] SSAONAP-1 regulates leukocyte-subtype-specific adhesion to ECs.
Studies show that SSAONAP-1 is involved in the adhesion cascade at sites where induction activation of selectins, chemokines, immunoglobulin superfamily molecules, and integrins takes place. In the appropriate context, nevertheless, inactivation of SSAO/NAP-1 function has an independent and significant effect on the overall extravasion process. A recent study shows that both the direct adhesive and enzymatic functions of SSAO/VAP-1 are involved in the adhesion cascade (Salmi M. et al. (2001) Immunity 14:265). In this study, it was proposed that the SSAO activity of VAP-1 is directly involved in the pathway of leukocyte adhesion to endothelial cells by a novel mechanism involving direct interaction with an amine substrate presented on a VAP-1 ligand expressed on the surface of a leukocyte. Under physiological laminar shear, it seems that SSAO/NAP-1 first comes into play after tethering (which takes place via binding of selectins to their ligands) when lymphocytes start to roll on ECs. Accordingly, anti- VAP-1 monoclonal antibodies inhibit -50% of lymphocyte rolling and significantly reduce the number of firmly bound cells. In addition, inhibition of VAP-1 enzymatic activity by SSAO inhibitors, also results in a > 40% reduction in the number of rolling and firmly bound lymphocytes. Thus, inhibitors of SSAO/VAP-1 enzymatic activity could reduce leukocyte adhesion in areas of inflammation and thereby reduce leukocyte trafficking into the inflamed region and, consequently, reduce the inflammatory process itself.
[0009] Increased SSAO activity has been found in the plasma and islets of Type I and Type II diabetes patients and animal models, as well as after congestive heart failure, and in an artherosclerosis mouse model (Salmi M,.et al. (2002) Am. J. Pathol. 161:2255; Bono P. et al (1999) Am. J. Pathol. 155:1613; Boomsma F. et al (1999) Diabetologia 42:233; Gronvall-Νprdquist J. et al (2001) J. Diabetes Complications 15:250; Ferre I. et
pa-958577 3 al. (2002) Neurosci. Lett. 15; 321: 21; Conklin D. J. et al. (1998) Toxicological Sciences 46: 386; Yu P.H. and Deng Y.L. (1998) Atherosclerosis 140:357; Vidrio H. et al. (2002) General Pharmacology 35:195; Conklin D J. (1999) Toxicology 138: 137). In addition to upregulation of expression of VAP-1 in the inflamed joints of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) patients and in the venules from lamina propria and Peyer's patches of D3D patients, increased synthesis of VAP-1 was also found in chronic skin inflammation and liver disease (Lalor P.F. et al. (2002) J. Immunol. 169:983; Jaakkola K. et al. (2000) Am. J. Pathol. 157:463; Salmi M. and Jalkanen S. (2001) J. Immunol. 166:4650; Lair P.F. et al. (2002) Immunol Cell Biol 80:52; Salmi M et al. (1997) J. Cin. Invest. 99:2165; Kurkijarvi R. et al. (1998) J. Immunol. 1611549).
[0010] In summary, SSAO/VAP-1 is an inducible endothelial enzyme that regulates leukocyte-subtype-specific adhesion and mediates the interaction between lymphocytes and inflamed vessels. The fact that SSAO/VAP-1 has both enzymatic and adhesion activities together with the strong correlation between its upregulation in many inflammatory conditions, makes it a potential therapeutic target for all the above- mentioned disease conditions.
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION [0011] SSAO inhibitors can block inflammation and autoimmune processes, as well as other pathological conditions associated with an increased level of the circulating amine substrates and/or products of SSAO. In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting an inflammatory response by administration of compounds to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (where the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. In another embodiment, the inflammatory response is an acute inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the invention relates to treating diseases mediated at least in part by SSAO or VAP-1, as generally indicated by one or more of abnormal levels of SSAO and/or VAP-1 or abnormal activity of SSAO and/or VAP-1 (where the abnormal activity of VAP-1 may affect its binding function, its amine oxidase function, or both), by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an SSAO inhibitor, or administering a therapeutically effective combination of SSAO inhibitors. In another
pa-958577 4 embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating immune disorders, by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an SSAO inhibitor, or administering a therapeutically effective combination of SSAO inhibitors. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating multiple sclerosis (including chronic multiple sclerosis), by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an SSAO inhibitor, or administering a therapeutically effective combination of SSAO inhibitors. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating ischemic diseases (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response), by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an SSAO inhibitor, or administering a therapeutically effective combination of SSAO inhibitors. The SSAO inhibitors administered can inhibit the SSAO activity of soluble SSAO, the SSAO activity of membrane-bound VAP-1, binding to membrane-bound VAP-1, or any two of those activities, or all three of those activities. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro using the compounds provided herein. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, using the compounds provided herein.
[0012] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to various compounds which are useful for inhibiting SSAO enzyme activity (where the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibition of binding to membrane-bound VAP-1 protein. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using various compounds to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (where the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using irreversible inhibitors of SSAO enzyme activity (where the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or irreversible inhibitors of binding to VAP-1 protein.
[0013] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering an SSAO inhibitor which has a specificity for
pa-958577 5 inhibition of SSAO as compared to MAO-A and/or MAO-B of about 10, about 100, or about 500, or a specificity for inhibition of SSAO as compared to MAO-A and/or MAO-B of greater than about 10, greater than about 100, or greater than about 500. [0014] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating an immune or autoimmune disorder, by administering an SSAO inhibitor which has a specificity for inhibition of SSAO as compared to MAO-A and/or MAO-B of about 10, about 100, or about 500, or a specificity for inhibition of SSAO as compared to MAO-A and/or MAO-B of greater than about 10, greater than about 100, or greater than about 500.
[0015] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described herein in formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or X in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described herein in formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and or X in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat an immune disorder.
[0016] hi one embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds of formula
I:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein:
Ri is independently chosen from H, C]-C alkyl, Cl, F, or CF ; nl is independently chosen from 0, 1, 2, and 3
pa-958577 R2 is independently chosen from the moieties of formulas la, lb, Ic, and Id:
Figure imgf000008_0001
Figure imgf000008_0002
Id
wherein:
R3 and Rz<. are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, Cι-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3;
R5 is independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-Cι4 aralkyl;
Rό is H when R2 is chosen from la, lb, and Ic, and R6 is independently chosen from H, F,
Cι-C4 alkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl, C6-Cι4 aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, and
C5- 4 substituted heteroaryl when R2 is Id; m is independently chosen from 0 and 1 ;
R9 is independently chosen from unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl,unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, disubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, monosubstituted heteroaryl, and disubstituted heteroaryl; and
X and Y are independently chosen from N and CH; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof,
pa-958577 particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula I are also embraced by the invention. In one embodiment, R6 is not H. In another embodiment, the formula is subject to the proviso that when nl = 0 and R2 is Id, then R6 is not H.
[0017] The subset of compounds of formula I, where n = 0, R2 is R9, and R9 is independently unsubstituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, or disubstituted phenyl, is shown below in formula I-f:
Figure imgf000009_0001
R9A and R9B are independently either hydrogen or are selected from -Cι-C alkyl, halogen, -CF3, -OH, or -O- Cι-C4 alkyl; R6 is independently chosen from F, -C4 alkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl, C6-Cι4 aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, and C5-Cι4 substituted heteroaryl; and Rj is independently H, Cl, F or -CF3; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula I-f are also embraced by the invention.
[0018] In another embodiment, R9A and R9B are independently either hydrogen or are selected from -C1-C4 alkyl, F, Cl, -CF3, -OH, or -O- -C4 alkyl. In another embodiment of the compounds of formula I-f, R6 is -Cι-C4 alkyl or halogen. In another embodiment of the compounds of formula I-f, R6 is -Cι-C4 alkyl or F. [0019] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula I to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to
pa-958577 8 VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula I to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula I to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula I in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula I in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0020] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds of general formula II:
Figure imgf000010_0001
II wherein:
Rio and Rπ are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C,-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; n2 is independently chosen from 0, 1, 2; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof,
pa-958577 particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula II are also embraced by the invention.
[0021] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula II to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula II to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula II to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula II in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula II in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0022] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds of general formula III:
pa-958577 10
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein:
R12 and Rι3 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, Cι-C alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; Ri4 is independently chosen from O, S, CH2; n3a and n3b are independently chosen from 1 or 2; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula III are also embraced by the invention. In one embodiment, R14 is independently CH2. In another embodiment, Rι4 is independently O. h another embodiment, Rι2 is independently H. In another embodiment, Rι2 is independently F. In another embodiment, R12 is independently -O-CH3. In another embodiment, Rι3 is independently H. In another embodiment, Rι3 is independently F. In another embodiment, Rι3 is independently -O-CH3. In another embodiment, n3a is independently 1. In another embodiment, n3a is independently 2. In another embodiment, n3b is independently 1. In another embodiment, n3b is independently 2. [0023] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula III to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in
pa-958577 11 vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to NAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula III to treat ' inflammation or immune disorders, h another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula III to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula III in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation, h another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula III in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0024] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula IV:
Figure imgf000013_0001
where ϊ rø and R4ι are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, Cι-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C,-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; and n4 is independently 0, 1, or 2; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof,
pa-958577 12 particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula IV are also embraced by the invention.
[0025] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula IV to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in - vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula IV to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula IV to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula IV in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation, hi another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula IV in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0026] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula V:
pa-958577 13
Figure imgf000015_0001
where R2ι and R22 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; n5 is independently 0, 1, or 2; and R23 is independently H or Cι-C8 alkyl; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula V are also embraced by the invention.
[0027] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula V to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula V to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates
pa-958577 14 to methods of using the compounds of formula V to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula V in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula V in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0028] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula VI:
Figure imgf000016_0001
where R36 and R37 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; n6 is independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; and R3ι, R32, R3 , R34, and R35 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H,
C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C6-Ci4 aralkyl; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula VI are also embraced by the invention.
[0029] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VI to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or
pa-958577 15 due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VI to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VI to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula VI in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation, h another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or. more of the compounds described in formula VI in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0030] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula VII
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein: R ι and R72 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl, C -C8
pa-958577 16 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3;
R 3 is independently chosen from O, S, CH2, CHOH; n7 is independently chosen from 1, 2, and 3;
R74 is independently chosen from the moieties of formulas Vila, Vllb, VIIc, and Vlld
Figure imgf000018_0001
Vila
Figure imgf000018_0002
VIIc Vlld wherein: R75 is independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, C7-C9 aralkyl, Cl, F, and -CF ; R 6 is independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl; m7 is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2; and
R 9 is independently chosen from unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl,unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, disubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, monosubstituted heteroaryl, and disubstituted heteroaryl; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula VII are also embraced by the invention.
pa-958577 17 [0031] In one embodiment, R7 is Vlld. In one such embodiment, when R 9 is substituted, the substituents are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, -OH, -CF3, Cι-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and -O-Cι-C4 alkoxy. In another such embodiment, R 9 is independently unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, or disubstituted phenyl. In another such embodiment, R is unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, or disubstituted phenyl, and the substituents on R79 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, -OH, -CF3, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and -O-C,-C4 alkoxy. [0032] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VII to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VII to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VII to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula VII in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula VII in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or
pa-958577 18 the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0033] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula
VIII:
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein R80 is independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl, and C5-Cι4 substituted heteroaryl;
X is independently chosen from the group consisting of H, NH2, F, Cl, C1-C4 alkyl,
C -C8 cycloalkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Ci4 aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl, and C5-Ci4 substituted heteroaryl;
R89 is independently chosen from unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl, unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, disubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, monosubstituted heteroaryl, and disubstituted heteroaryl; and n8 is independently chosen from 0, 1, 2, and 3; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula VIII are also embraced by the invention.
[0034] In one embodiment, when R89 is substituted, the substituents are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, -OH, -CF3, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and -O- -C4 alkoxy. In another embodiment, R89 is independently unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, or disubstituted
pa-958577 19 phenyl. In another embodiment, R89 is unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, or disubstituted phenyl, and the substituents on R8 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, -OH, -CF3, C1-C4 alkyl, C -C8 cycloalkyl, and -O-C]-C4 alkoxy.
[0035] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VIII to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VIII to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula VIII to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula VIII in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula VIII in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis).
pa-958577 20 [0036] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula IX:
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein
R9ι is independently chosen from C6-Cι0 unsubstituted aryl, C6-Cι7 substituted aryl, C6-Cι monosubstituted aryl, C6-Cι7 disubstituted aryl, C6-Cι trisubstituted aryl, C6-Cι4 aralkyl, C4-C9 unsubstituted heteroaryl, and C4-Cι5 substituted heteroaryl; R92 is independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C7-C14 aralkyl; R93 is independently chosen from H, F, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C7-Cι4 aralkyl, C6-Cιo unsubstituted aryl, C6-Cπ substituted aryl;
R9 and R95 are independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C7-C14 aralkyl; and n9 is independently chosen from 1 and 2; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula IX are also embraced by the invention. In one embodiment, R9ι is independently C6-Cιo unsubstituted aryl. In another embodiment, R9ι is independently C6-Cι7 substituted aryl. In another embodiment, R9ι is independently C6 unsubstituted aryl (i.e., unsubstituted phenyl). In another embodiment, R ι is independently C6 substituted aryl (i.e., substituted phenyl). In another embodiment, R ι is independently C4-C unsubstituted heteroaryl. In another embodiment, R9ι is independently unsubstituted pyridyl. In another embodiment, R9ι is independently unsubstituted pyridyl, attached to. the remainder of the molecule at the 3-position (i.e., 3-pyridyl). When R ι is substituted, preferred substituents are -F, -Cl, -CF3, -OH, -Cι-C alkyl, and -O-Cι-C4 alkyl, more preferably -F, -Cl, and -CF3, most preferably -F. In another embodiment, R92 is independently chosen from H and Cι-C alkyl. In another embodiment, R 2 is independently H. In another embodiment, R93 is independently
pa-958577 21 chosen from H and C1-C4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R93 is independently H. In another embodiment, R94 is independently chosen from H and Cι-C4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R94 is independently H. In another embodiment, R95 is independently chosen from H and C1-C4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R95 is independently H. In another embodiment, n9 is 1.
[0037] hi another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of fomiula IX to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula IX to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula IX to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula IX in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation, h another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula IX in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response). In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis).
pa-958577 22 [0038] In another embodiment, the compounds of formula IX are chosen from the subset designated IX-a:
Figure imgf000024_0001
where Ar/HetAr is independently selected from substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted hetereoaryl, and unsubstituted heteroaryl; n9a is independently 0 or 1 (note that n9a = n9 - 1); and R96 is independently selected from H, F, and Cι-C8 alkyl; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula IX-a are also embraced by the invention.
[0039] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula
IX-b:
Figure imgf000024_0002
corresponding to formula IX where R93, R94, and R95 are H, n9 is 1, and wherein:
R ι is independently chosen from the group consisting of unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl, trisubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl; and
R92 is independently chosen from the group of consisting of H, -C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C6-CH aralkyl; or
R9ι and R92 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a tetrahydropyridine, tetrahydropyrrole ring (pyrrolidine) or 2,5-dihydropyrrole ring (3-pyrroline), optionally fused to an aryl or hetereoaryl ring; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline
pa-958577 23 forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula IX-b are also embraced by the invention.
[0040] In one embodiment of the compounds of formula IX-b, the substituents are independently chosen from H, -OH, -CF3, halogen, -C1-C4 alkyl, and -O- -C4 alkyl. In another embodiment of the compounds of formula IX-b, the substituents are independently chosen from H, -OH, -CF3, F, Cl, -C1-C4 alkyl, and -O-C1-C4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R9j and R92 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form the group
Figure imgf000025_0001
which is attached to the remainder of the molecule at the tetrahydropyridyl nitrogen, to form the compound
Figure imgf000025_0002
[0041] In another embodiment, the invention includes compounds of formula X:
Figure imgf000025_0003
wherein:
R100 is independently chosen from C6-Cιo unsubstituted aryl, C6-Cι7 substituted aryl, C6-Ci4 aralkyl, C4- unsubstituted heteroaryl, and C4-Cι5 substituted heteroaryl; R101 is independently chosen from H, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C7-Ci4 aralkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cπ substituted aryl;
pa-958577 24 R102 is independently chosen from H, F, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C7-Cι4 aralkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι7 substituted aryl;
Ri03 and R104 are independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C7-C]4 aralkyl, C6-Cι0 aryl, C6-C)7 substituted aryl; nlO is independently chosen from 0 and 1; and mlO is independently chosen from 0 and 1; including all stereoisomers thereof, all E/Z (cis/trans) isomers thereof, all solvates and hydrates thereof, all crystalline and non-crystalline forms thereof, and all salts thereof, particularly pharmaceutically-acceptable salts. Metabolites and prodrugs of the compounds of formula X are also embraced by the invention.
[0042] When Rioo is substituted, preferred substituents are -F, -Cl, -CF3, -OH,
-C1-C4 alkyl, and -O- -C4 alkyl, more preferably -F, -Cl, -CF3, and methyl, most preferably -F. When Rioo is C4-C9 unsubstituted heteroaryl, Rioo is preferably 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, or 4-pyridyl. When Rioo is C4-Cι5 substituted heteroaryl, preferred substituents are -Cl. In another embodiment, R^o is independently unsubstituted phenyl. hi another embodiment, Rioo is independently substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently monosubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently disubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently trisubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-Me-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-F- phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, RJOO is independently 2-F-3-CF3- phenyl. In another embodiment, RJOO is independently 2-F-4-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-5-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-5-di-CF -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-F-4- CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rι00 is independently 3-F-5-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-2-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-3-CF -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2- pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is
pa-958577 25 independently 6-Cl-3-pyridyl. When Rioo is C4-C9 unsubstituted heteroaryl, Rioo is preferably 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, or 4-pyridyl. When Rioo is C -Cι5 substituted heteroaryl, preferred substituents are -Cl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently unsubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R]0o is independently monosubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, RJOO is independently disubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently trisubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-Me- phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-3-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-F-4-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, R10o is independently 2-F-5-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-5-di-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-F-4-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-F-5-CF -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-2-CF3-phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-F-3-CF -phenyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 2-pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 3-pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 4-pyridyl. In another embodiment, Rioo is independently 6-Cl-3-pyridyl. In one embodiment, Rioi is independently H. In another embodiment, Rioi is independently -OH. In another embodiment, Rioi is independently Cι-C alkyl. In another embodiment, Rι0ι is independently methyl. In one embodiment, Ri02 is independently H. In another embodiment, R102 is independently Cι-C4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R]02 is independently methyl. In another embodiment, R102 is independently F. In one embodiment, R103 is independently H. In another embodiment, R103 is independently Cι-C4 alkyl. In another embodiment, Rι03 is independently methyl. In another embodiment, R103 is independently ethyl. In another embodiment, R103 is independently n-propyl. In another embodiment, Rιo3 is independently isopropyl. In another embodiment, R103 is independently C7-Cι4 aralkyl. In another embodiment, R]03 is independently C6-Cιo aryl. In another embodiment, Rιo3 is independently C6-Cι7 substituted aryl. In another embodiment, Rιo3 is independently benzyl. In another
pa-958577 26 embodiment, R103 is independently unsubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R103 is independently substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R103 is independently monosubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R103 is independently disubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rι03 is independently trisubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R103 is independently 4- fluorophenyl (4-F-Ph). In another embodiment, R103 is independently 4-methylphenyl (4-Me-Ph). In one embodiment, Rι0 is independently H. In another embodiment, Rι04 is independently C1-C4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R104 is independently methyl. In another embodiment, R104 is independently ethyl. In another embodiment, R104 is independently n-propyl. In another embodiment, R104 is independently isopropyl. In another embodiment, Rιo4 is independently C -Cι4 aralkyl. In another embodiment, Rιo is independently C6-Cιo aryl. In another embodiment, Rι04 is independently C6-Cι7 substituted aryl. In another embodiment, Rι0 is independently benzyl. In another embodiment, Rι04 is independently unsubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rι04 is independently substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rι04 is independently monosubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rιo4 is independently disubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rιo4 is independently trisubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, Rι04 is independently 4- fluorophenyl (4-F-Ph). In another embodiment, Rιo4 is independently 4-methylphenyl (4- Me-Ph). In another embodiment, nlO is 0. In another embodiment, nlO is 1. In another embodiment, mlO is 0. In another embodiment, ml 0 is 1.
[0043] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula X to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein, by administering one or more of the compounds in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The compounds can be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vitro, by supplying the compound to the in vitro environment in an amount sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. The compounds can also be used for a method of inhibiting SSAO activity or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 in vivo, that is, in a living organism, such as a vertebrate, mammal, or human, by administering the compounds to the organism in an amount
pa-958577 27 sufficient to inhibit SSAO activity or inhibit binding to VAP-1. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula X to treat inflammation or immune disorders. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using the compounds of formula X to suppress or reduce inflammation, or to suppress or reduce an inflammatory response. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating inflammation, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula X in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat inflammation. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of treating immune or autoimmune disorders, by administering one or more of the compounds described in formula X in a therapeutically effective amount, or in an amount sufficient to treat the immune or autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, the disease to be treated is an ischemic disease (for example, stroke) and/or the sequelae thereof (for example, an inflammatory response), hi another embodiment, the disease to be treated is multiple sclerosis (e.g., chronic multiple sclerosis). [0044] For all of the compounds described above, that is, for formulas I, II, III,
IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and X, and any subsets thereof, when a substituent can be selected from aryl, a preferred aryl substituent is phenyl. "Aryl" in the formulas above can refer to either unsubstituted aryl or substituted aryl, unless already qualified as either unsubstituted or substituted. Likewise, "phenyl" in the formulas above can refer to either unsubstituted phenyl or substituted phenyl, unless already qualified as either unsubstituted or substituted.
[0045] In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by one or more of the compounds of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or X of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of multiple sclerosis (including chronic multiple sclerosis); synovitis; systemic inflammatory sepsis; inflammatory bowel diseases; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis; Alzheimer's disease; vascular dementia; atherosclerosis; rheumatoid arthritis; juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; pulmonary inflammatory conditions; asthma; skin inflammatory conditions and diseases; contact dermatitis; liver inflammatory and autoimmune conditions; autoimmune hepatitis; primary biliary cirrhosis; sclerosing cholangitis; autoimmune cholangitis; alcoholic liver disease; Type I diabetes and or complications thereof; Type II diabetes and/or
pa-958577 28 complications thereof; atherosclerosis; chronic heart failure; congestive heart failure; ischemic diseases such as stroke and/or complications thereof; and myocardial infarction and/or complications thereof. In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is multiple sclerosis (including chronic multiple sclerosis). In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is the inflammatory complications resulting from stroke.
[0046] A compound of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X as described above can be administered singly in a therapeutically effective amount. A compound of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X as described above can be administered with one or more additional compounds of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X, in a therapeutically effective amount. When administered in combination, the compounds can be administered in amounts that would therapeutically effective were the compounds to be administered singly. Alternatively, when administered in combination, any or all of compounds can be administered in amounts that would not be therapeutically effective were the compounds to be administered singly, but which are therapeutically effective in combination. One or more compounds of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X can also be administered with other compounds not included in formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X; the compounds can be administered in amounts that are therapeutically effective when used as single drugs, or in amounts which are not therapeutically effective as single drugs, but which are therapeutically effective in combination. Also provided are pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising a therapeutically effective, amount of one or more of the compounds disclosed herein or a therapeutically effective combination of two or more of the compounds disclosed herein, including the compounds of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or X above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and human unit dosages thereof.
[0047] A compound of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and or X as described above can be prepared as an isolated pharmaceutical composition, and administered as an isolated pharmaceutical composition in conjunction with vehicles or other isolated compounds. That is, a compound of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII,
pa-958577 29 IX, and/or X as described above can be isolated from other compounds (e.g., a compound which is discovered in a library screening assay can be purified out of the library, or synthesized de novo as a single compound). The degree of purification can be 90%, 95%, 99%, or whatever percentage of purity is required for pharmaceutical use of the compound. The isolated compound can then be combined with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, or can be combined with one or more isolated compounds of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or X, or with another therapeutic substance. A compound of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or X as described above can be administered orally, in a pharmaceutical human unit dosage formulation.
[0048] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula I for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases. [0049] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula II for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula II for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula II for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula II for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis, hi another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula II for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
[0050] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula III . for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of
pa-958577 30 formula III for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula III for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula III for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula III for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
[0051] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis, h another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IV for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
[0052] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula V for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
[0053] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VI for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VI for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In
pa-958577 31 another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VI for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VI for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VI for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases. [0054] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula
VII for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
[0055] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula
VIII for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VIII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VIII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VIII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula VIII for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
[0056] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IX for use in therapy, h another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IX for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IX for manufacture
pa-958577 32 of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IX for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula IX for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
[0057] In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula X for use in therapy. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula X for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of inflammatory diseases. In another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula X for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of immune or autoimmune diseases, h another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula X for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of multiple sclerosis or chronic multiple sclerosis, h another embodiment, the invention embraces compounds of formula X for manufacture of a medicament for treatment of ischemic diseases (such as stroke) or the sequelae of ischemic diseases.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0058] Fig. 1 A depicts the effect of mofegiline (Example 8) on experimental autoimmune encephalitis (EAE) development as assessed by clinical severity, versus vehicle control and methotrexate.
[0059] Fig. IB depicts the effect of mofegiline (Example 8) on EAE development as assessed by percent incidence, versus vehicle control and methotrexate. [0060] Fig. IC depicts the effect of mofegiline (Example 8) on EAE development as assessed by body weight, versus vehicle control and methotrexate. [0061] Figure 2A depicts the effects of LJP 1383 p.o. and LJP 1379 p.o. on paw edema following carrageenan injection.
[0062] Figure 2B depicts the effects of LJP 1406 p.o. on paw edema following carrageenan injection.
pa-958577 33 [0063] Figure 2C depicts the effects of LJP 1379 i.p. on paw edema following carrageenan injection.
MODES FORCARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0064] The present invention relates to various compounds which are useful for inhibiting SSAO enzyme activity (where the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibition of binding to membrane-bound VAP-1 protein. The present invention also relates to methods of using various compounds to inhibit SSAO enzyme activity (where the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein. The present invention also relates to methods of using various compounds to treat inflammation or immune disorders, and to reduce or suppress inflammation and/or inflammatory responses. The present invention also relates to methods of using various compounds to treat ischemic diseases, such as stroke, and/or to treat the sequelae of ischemic diseases, such as stroke. [0065] Compounds for use in the invention can be assayed for SSAO inhibitory activity by the protocol in Example 4 below. The substrate specificity of SSAO versus monoamine oxidase partially overlap. Thus it is preferable to use compounds which specifically inhibit SSAO over monoamine oxidase. The specificity of the compounds for SSAO inhibitory activity versus MAO-A and MAO-B inhibitory activity can be assayed by the protocol in Example 5 below.
[0066] Compounds for use in the invention have an inhibitory activity (IC50) against SSAO of less than or equal to about 1 μM, more preferably of less than or equal to about 100 nM, and more preferably of less than or equal to about 10 nM. Preferably, compounds for use in the invention also have a specificity for SSAO versus MAO-A of less than or equal to about 10, more preferably less than or equal to about 100, more preferably less than or equal to about 500 (where specificity for SSAO versus ?MAO-A is defined as the ratio of the IC50 of a compound for MAO-A to the IC50 of the same
pa-958577 34 compound for SSAO; that is, a compound with an ICso of 10 μM for MAO-A and an IC50 of 20 nM for SSAO has a specificity of 500 for SSAO versus MAO-A). Compounds for use in the invention also have a specificity for SSAO versus MAO-B of less than or equal to about 10, more preferably of less than or equal to about 100, more preferably of less than or equal to about 500 (where specificity for SSAO versus MAO-B is defined as the ratio of the IC50 of a compound for MAO-B to the IC50 of the same compound for SSAO).
[0067] The term "inhibit binding to VAP-1 protein" is meant to indicate inhibition (which can include partial to complete inhibition) of binding between, for example, a cell expressing the SSAO/NAP-1 protein on its surface, and a binding partner of SSAONAP-1 protein. Such binding occurs, for example, when a cell expressing the SSAO/NAP-1 protein on its surface interacts with another cell expressing a binding partner of SSAO/NAP-1 protein, such as a high endothelial cell (HEC). Thus "inhibit binding to NAP-1 protein" embraces inhibition of adhesion between a cell expressing the SSAO/NAP-1 protein on its surface, and another cell expressing a binding partner of SSAO/NAP-1 protein. Such adhesion events include, for example, cell rolling. As this disclosure (including the examples) clearly indicates, such inhibition can occur either in vitro or in vivo.
[0068] The invention includes all salts of the inventive compounds described herein, as well as methods of using such salts of the compounds. The invention also includes the non-salt compound of any salt of an inventive compound described herein, as well as all other salts of any salt of an inventive compound named herein. In one embodiment, the salts of the compounds comprise pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are those salts which retain the biological activity of the free compounds and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. The desired salt of a basic compound may be prepared by methods known to those of skill in the art by treating the compound with an acid. Examples of inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and phosphoric acid. Examples of organic acids include, but are not limited to, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid,
pa-958577 35 mandelic acid, sulfonic acids, and salicylic acid. Salts of basic compounds with amino acids, such as aspartate salts and glutamate salts, can also be prepared. The desired salt of an acidic compound can be prepared by methods known to those of skill in the art by treating the compound with a base. Examples of inorganic salts of acid compounds include, but are not limited to, alkali metal and alkaline earth salts, such as sodium salts, potassium salts, magnesium salts, and calcium salts; ammonium salts; and aluminum salts. Examples of organic salts of acid compounds include, but are not limited to, procaine, dibenzylamine, N-ethylpiperidine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, and triethylamme salts. Salts of acidic compounds with amino acids, such as lysine salts, can also be prepared.
[0069] The invention also includes all stereoisomers of the compounds, including diastereomers and enantiomers, as well as mixtures of stereoisomers, including, but not limited to, racemic mixtures. Unless stereochemistry is explicitly indicated in a chemical structure or chemical name, the chemical stracture or chemical name is intended to embrace all possible stereoisomers of the compound depicted. Also, while the general formula I is drawn with only one of the cis-trans isomers depicted (with Ri and R2 depicted as cis to each other), the drawing is intended to embrace both the compounds with Ri and R2 in the cis position as well as Ri and R2 in the trans position (that is, the single drawing is used to represent both the E and Z isomers, although only one isomer is drawn). General formula IV is also intended to embrace both cis and trans isomers (that is, with the groups bearing the CF3 and ?NH2 functions either cis or trans to each other). [0070] The term "alkyl" refers to saturated aliphatic groups including straight- chain, branched-chain, cyclic groups, and combinations thereof, having the number of carbon atoms specified, or if no number is specified, having up to 12 carbon atoms. "Straight-chain alkyl" or "linear alkyl" groups refers to alkyl groups that are neither cyclic nor branched, commonly designated as "n-alkyl" groups. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, n-pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, neopentyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and adamahtyl. Cycloalkyl groups can consist of one ring, including, but not limited to,
pa-958577 36 groups such as cycloheptyl, or multiple fused rings, including, but not limited to, groups such as adamantyl or norbomyl.
[0071] "Substituted alkyl" refers to alkyl groups substituted with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, groups such as halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo), alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, benzyl, cyano, nitro, thioalkoxy, carboxaldehyde, carboalkoxy and carboxamide, or a functionality that can be suitably blocked, if necessary for purposes of the invention, with a protecting group. Examples of substituted alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, -CF3, -CF2-CF , and other perfluoro and perhalo groups; -CH2-OH; -CH2CH2CH(NH2)CH3, etc.
[0072] The term "alkenyl" refers to unsaturated aliphatic groups including straight-chain (linear), branched-chain, cyclic groups, and combinations thereof, having the number of carbon atoms specified, or if no number is specified, having up to 12 carbon atoms, which contain at least one double bond (-C=C-). Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2-CH=CH-CH ; and -CH2-CH2-cyclohexenyl, where the ethyl group can be attached to the cyclohexenyl moiety at any available carbon valence. The term "alkynyl" refers to unsaturated aliphatic groups including straight- chain (linear), branched-chain, cyclic groups, and combinations thereof, having the number of carbon atoms specified, or if no number is specified, having up to 12 carbon atoms, which contain at least one triple bond (-G≡C-). "Hydrocarbon chain" or "hydrocarbyl" refers to any combination of straight-chain, branched-chain, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups, and any combination thereof. "Substituted alkenyl," "substituted alkynyl," and "substituted hydrocarbon chain" or "substituted hydrocarbyl" refer to the respective group substituted with one or more substituents, including, but not limited to, groups such as halogen, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, benzyl, cyano, nitro, thioalkoxy, carboxaldehyde, carboalkoxy and carboxamide, or a functionality that can be suitably blocked, if necessary for purposes of the invention, with a protecting group.
[0073] "Aryl" or "Ar" refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (including, but not limited to, groups such as phenyl) or two or more condensed rings (including, but not limited to, groups such as naphthyl or anthryl), and includes both
pa-958577 37 unsubstituted and substituted aryl groups. Aryls, unless otherwise specified, contain from 6 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring portion. A preferred range for aryls is from 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portion. "Substituted aryls" refers to aryls substituted with one or more substituents, including, but not limited to, groups such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydrocarbon chains, halogen, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, benzyl, cyano, nitro, thioalkoxy, carboxaldehyde, carboalkoxy and carboxamide, or a functionality that can be suitably blocked, if necessary for purposes of the invention, with a protecting group. "Aralkyl" designates an alkyl-substituted aryl group, where any aryl can attached to the alkyl; the alkyl portion is a straight or branched chain of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably the alkyl chain contains 1 to 3 carbon atoms. When an aralkyl group is indicated as a substituent, the aralkyl group can be connected to the remainder of the molecule at any available valence on either its alkyl moiety or aryl moiety; e.g., the tolyl aralkyl group can be connected to the remainder of the molecule by replacing any of the five hydrogens on the aromatic ring moiety with the remainder of the molecule, or by replacing one of the alpha-hydrogens on the methyl moiety with the remainder of the molecule. Preferably, the aralkyl group is connected to the remainder of the molecule via the alkyl moiety.
[0074] A preferred aryl group is phenyl, which can be substituted or unsubstituted. Prefened substitutents for aryl groups and substituted phenyl groups' are lower alkyl (-Cι-C4 alkyl) such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (either n-propyl or i-propyl), and butyl (either n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl, or tert-butyl); trifluoromethyl (-CF3); or a halogen (chlorine (-C1), bromine (-Br), iodine (-1), or fluorine (-F); preferred halogen substituents for phenyl groups are chlorine and fluorine); hydroxy (-OH), or lower alkoxy (-Cι-C4 alkoxy), such as methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy (propoxy) (either n-propoxy or i- propoxy), and butoxy (either n-butoxy, i-butoxy, sec-butoxy, or tert-butoxy), a prefened alkoxy substituent is methoxy. Substituted phenyl groups preferably have one or two substituents; more preferably, one substituent.
[0075] "Heteroalkyl," "heteroalkenyl," and "heteroalkynyl" refer to alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, respectively, that contain the number of carbon atoms specified (or if no number is specified, having up to 12 carbon atoms) which contain one or more heteroatoms as part of the main, branched, or cyclic chains in the group.
pa-958577 ' 38 Heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, N, S, O, and P; N and O are prefened. Heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl groups may be attached to the remainder of the molecule either at a heteroatom (if a valence is available) or at a carbon atom. Examples of heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as -O-CH3, -CH2-O-CH3, -CH2-CH2-O-CH3, -S-CH2-CH2-CH3, -CH2-CH(CH3)-S-CH3, -CH2-CH2-?NH-CH2-CH2-,l-ethyl-6-propylpiperidino, and morpholino. Examples of heteroalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as -CH=CH-NH-CH(CH3)-CH2-. "Heteroaryl" or "HetAr" refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (including, but not limited to, examples such as pyridyl, imidazolyl, thiophene, or furyl) or two or more condensed rings (including, but not limited to, examples such as indolizinyl or benzothienyl) and having at least one hetero atom, including, but not limited to, heteroatoms such as N, O, P, or S, within the ring. Unless otherwise specified, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, and heteroaryl groups have between one and five heteroatoms and between one and twelve carbon atoms. "Substituted heteroalkyl," "substituted heteroalkenyl," "substituted heteroalkynyl," and "substituted heteroaryl" groups refer to heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, and heteroaryl groups substituted with one or more substituents, including, but not limited to, groups such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, benzyl, hydrocarbon chains, halogen, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, benzyl, cyano, nitro, thioalkoxy, carboxaldehyde, carboalkoxy and carboxamide, or a functionality that can be suitably blocked, if necessary for purposes of the invention, with a protecting group. Examples of such substituted heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, piperazine, substituted at a nitrogen or carbon by a phenyl or benzyl group, and attached to the remainder of the molecule by any available valence on a carbon or nitrogen, -NH-SO2-phenyl, -NH-(C=O)O-alkyl, -NH-(C=O)O-alkyl-aryl, and -?NH-(C:=::O)-alkyl. If chemically possible, the heteroatom(s) and/or the carbon atoms of the group can be substituted. The heteroatom(s) can also be in oxidized form, if chemically possible. Preferred substituents for heteroaryl groups are the same as the preferred substituents for aryl and substituted phenyl groups.
[0076] The term "alkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or hydrocarbon chain linked to an oxygen atom and having the number of carbon atoms
pa-958577 39 specified, or if no number is specified, having up to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy (propoxy) (either n-propoxy or i-propoxy), and butoxy (either n-butoxy, i-butoxy, sec- butoxy, or tert-butoxy). The groups listed in the preceding sentence are preferred alkoxy groups; a particularly prefened alkoxy substituent is methoxy. [0077] The terms "halo" and "halogen" as used herein refer to the Group Vila elements (Group 17 elements in the 1990 IUPAC Periodic Table, IUPAC Nomenclature of Inorganic Chemistry, Recommendations 1990) and include Cl, Br, F and I substituents. Prefened halogen substituents are Cl and F.
[0078] "Protecting group" refers to a chemical group that exhibits the following characteristics: 1) reacts selectively with the desired functionality in good yield to give a protected substrate that is stable to the projected reactions for which protection is desired; 2) is selectively removable from the protected substrate to yield the desired functionality; and 3) is removable in good yield by reagents compatible with the other functional group(s) present or generated in such projected reactions. Examples of suitable protecting groups can be found in Greene et al. (1991) Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed. (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York). Amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, mesitylenesulfonyl (Mts), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz or Z), t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), t-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS or TBDMS), 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), tosyl, benzenesulfonyl, 2-pyridyl sulfonyl, or suitable photolabile protecting groups such as 6-nitroveratryloxy carbonyl (Nvoc), nitropiperonyl, pyrenylmethoxycarbonyl, nitrobenzyl, dimethyl dimethoxybenzil, 5-bromo-7-nitroindolinyl, and the like. Hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, Fmoc, TBS, photolabile protecting groups (such as nitroveratryl oxymethyl ether (Nvom)), Mom (methoxy methyl ether), and Mem (methoxy ethoxy methyl ether), NPEOC (4-nitroρhenethyloxycarbonyl) and NPEOM (4-nitrophenethyloxymethyloxycarbonyl).
pa-958577 40 General Synthetic Methods [0079] Compounds of formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, Nil, VIII, IX, and X can be synthesized by various methods. Specific synthetic examples are provided below in the Examples. General methods of synthesis are provided here.
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula I [0080] 2-(2-bromomethyl-allyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione (4) (see Example 1 for synthesis) is a useful intermediate in synthesizing many of the compounds of formula I.
Figure imgf000042_0001
[0081] This intermediate can be reacted with a wide variety of amides under basic conditions (e.g., using ΝaH). For compounds bearing groups of the form la, the amide conesponding to the precursor to the group of form la which is used is of the form 5:
Figure imgf000042_0002
pa-958577 41 [0082] An example of an amide which can be used is commercially available 4- chloro-N-methylbenzamide (Aldrich). This amide is used to synthesize compounds where the group of formula la is of the form 6:
Figure imgf000043_0001
[0083] Other amides of the form la can be easily synthesized via their commercially available benzoic acid precursors. For example, 3-methoxybenzoic acid (m-anisic acid; Aldrich) can be converted to its conesponding acid chloride with thionyl chloride. The acid chloride can then be reacted with a compound of the form H2?NR5 (where R5 is chosen from H, Cι-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or C6-Cι4 aralkyl) to form the desired amide of the form la. A wide variety of other reagents can also be used to form the amide from the benzoic acid and the amine compound. For example, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIPCDI), l-(3- dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), benzotriazole-1-yl- oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP), 2-(lH- benzotriazole-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 2-(lH- benzotriazole-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), or O-(7- azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) can be used to condense the acid and amine into an amide.
[0084] For compounds bearing groups of the form lb, the amide conesponding to the precursor to the group of form lb which is used in this procedure is of the form 7:
pa-958577 42
Figure imgf000044_0001
[0085] Examples of amides which can be used are commercially available 6,7- dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-2(lH)-isoquinolinone (Aldrich) or methyl-7-methoxy-l-oxo- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5-isoquinolinecarboxylate (Aldrich). These amides are used to synthesize compounds where the groups of formula lb are of the form 8 or 9, respectively. Other isoquinolinone derivatives can be prepared as described in Tetrahedron Letters, 39:6609-6612 (1998).
Figure imgf000044_0002
Figure imgf000044_0003
[0086] For compounds bearing groups of the form Ic, a wide variety of methods can be used to couple the intermediate 4 with the sp nitrogen of the precursor to the group of form Ic. The indole (10), benzimidazole (11), benzpyrazole (12), or benzotriazole (13) precursor to the group of form Ic is treated with a strong base, and the compound is then alkylated with the intermediate 4. Other procedures are given in the references T. L. Gilchrist, Heterocyclic chemistry, Longman, 2nd edition, 1992; E. V.
pa-958577 43 Dehmlow, S. Dehmlow, Phase Transfer Catalysis, VCH, 2nd edition, 1993; J. A. Joule, K. Mills, G. F. Smith, Heterocyclic chemistry. 3rd edition, 1995.; Jonczyk, A., et al., Rocz. Chem., 1975 49:1203; Pielichowski, J. et al, J. Polym. Sci., Lett Ed., 1985 23:387; Pielichowski, J. et al, J. Prakt. Chem., 1989 311:145; Pielichowski, J. et al, Lieb. Ann. Chem., 1988, 579; Pielichowski, J. et al., Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci., Ser. Sci. Chem., 1989 37:123; Bogdal, D. et al., Synlett. (1996) 37:873; and Bogdal, D. et al, Heterocycles, (1997) 45:715-722.
Figure imgf000045_0001
[0087] Halogen-containing 2-(2-bromomethyl-allyl) isoindole- 1 ,3 -dione derivatives (such as 2-(2-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-allyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione and 2-(2- bromomethyl-3-chloro-allyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione) are prepared according to the procedures in the following references: McDonald, I. A., Lacoste, J. M., Bey, P., Palfreyman, M. G., and Zreika, M., J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 186-193; McDonald, I. A., Bey, P., Tetrahedron Letters 1985, 26, 3807-3810; and McDonald, LA., U.S. Patent No. 4,699,928. Specifically, for compounds of formula I whefe Ri is F, the mixed ester tert-butyl 2-carbethoxypropionate (t-butyl ethyl 2-methylmalonate) 14 is prepared as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,699,928, starting from diethyl methylmalonate (Aldrich). The mixed ester is converted into the monosubstituted alkene compound 15 as described in McDonald, I. A., Lacoste, J. M., Bey, P., Palfreyman, M. G., and Zreika, M., J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 186-193; and McDonald, I. A., Bey, P., Tetrahedron Letters 1985, 26,
pa-958577 44 3807-3810. Briefly, the mixed ester 14 is treated with sodium t-butoxide, then with C1CHF2; the t-butyl protecting group is removed with trifluoroacetic acid; and the compound is decarboxylated, followed by removal of HF, using sodium hydroxide to produce the fluoroalkene compound 15. Dibal reduction of the ethyl ester to an alcohol, followed by the Mitsunobu reaction (Hughes, D. L., Org. Reac. (1992) 42:335-656; Hughes, D. L., Org. Prep. (1996) 28:127-164) with triphenyl phosphine, phthalimide, and diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD), followed by bromination of the methyl group with N- bromosuccinimide, yields the desired intermediates 16a and 16b. (The isomers are separated by methods known in the art, such as chromatographic or recrystallization techniques.)
Figure imgf000046_0001
[0088] For compounds of formula I where Ri is Cl, a compound of the form 17:
pa-958577 45
Figure imgf000047_0001
is used as the starting material. [0089] For, e.g., the chloro-containing compound, it is converted into 18:
Figure imgf000047_0002
by reaction with Cl2. Treatment with l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) yields 19a and 19b:
Figure imgf000047_0003
[0090] The methyl group of the compound can then be brominated as before with
N-bromosuccinimide.
[0091] When Ri is alkyl, the procedure for preparing the compounds of formula I outline above must be modified so as not to halogenate the Ri alkyl group. An alternate method for these compounds is described here. l-bromo-2,2-dimethoxypropane 20
pa-958577 46 (commercially available from Aldrich) is treated with potassium phthalimide in DMF at 90°C for 3 hrs. The product, 2-(2,2-Dimethoxy-ρroρyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione 21, is isolated by recrystallization from EtOAc/hexanes. potassium phthalimide
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000048_0001
[0092] 2-(2,2-Dimethoxy-ρropyl)-isoindole-l ,3-dione 21 is treated with 50%
TFA/CHCl3/H2O at 0°C for 2 hrs. 2-(2-Oxo-propyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione 22 is obtained.
Figure imgf000048_0003
[0093] 2-(2-Oxo-propyl)-isoindole- 1 ,3-dione 22 is then reacted with Br2 in CC14 to give 2-(3-Bromo-2-oxo-propyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione 23.
Figure imgf000048_0004
[0094] 2-(3-Bromo-2-oxo-propyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione 23 is treated with ethylene glycol in the presence of p-toluenesulfonic acid (PTSA) in a reaction vessel equipped
pa-958577 47 with a Dean-Stark trap at 110°C. The product, 2-(2-Bromomethyl-[l,3]dioxolan-2- ylmethyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione 24, is obtained.
ethylene glycol
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000049_0002
[0095] 2-(2-Bromomethyl-[l ,3]dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-isoindole-l ,3-dione 24 is then be reacted with amides conesponding to the precursor to the groups of form la or form lb as follows:
To a suspension of NaH (1.1 eq) in DMF (30 ml) is added a solution of amide (1 eq) in DMF (5.0 ml). The resulting mixture is stined at room temperature was 30 min. To this solution is added a solution of 2-(2-Bromomethyl-[l,3]dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)- isoindole-l,3-dione 24 (1.2 eq) in D?MF (5.0 ml). The reaction mixture is stined at room temperature under N2 overnight, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified on column (silica gel, 20-40% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the conesponding alkylated amide. This reaction is illustrated below with an amide 25 conesponding to the precursor to the group of form la.
Figure imgf000049_0003
pa-958577 48
Figure imgf000050_0001
[0096] The alkylated amide 26 is treated with 5% HCl in THF to convert the ketal to the conesponding ketone 27.
Figure imgf000050_0002
[0097] The ketone 27 is then reacted with a Wittig reagent of the form
(C6H5)3P=CH-Rι to give the conesponding alkylated alkenes 28a and 28b. The isomers are separated by either chromatographic techniques (e.g., column chromatography) or recrystallization.
Figure imgf000050_0003
pa-958577 49 [0098] Finally, compounds of formula 129a and 29b are obtained by removing the phthalimido group according to published procedures (e.g., by hydrazinolysis).
Figure imgf000051_0001
or
Figure imgf000051_0002
[0099] For compounds bearing groups of the form Id, the following procedure can be used.
pa-958577 50
Figure imgf000052_0001
Scheme 1
[00100] α-substituted acrylates can be prepared according to the synthetic route shown in Scheme 1 (J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 7365-7368). The resulting esters are then reduced to alcohols following oxidation with MnO2 to provide conesponding α,β-unsaturated aldehydes (Scheme 2, Synthetic Communications, 2002, 32 (23), 3661- 3674). The aldehydes are then reacted with Grignard reagents to give addition products.
pa-958577 51
Figure imgf000053_0001
Grignard reagents
Figure imgf000053_0002
Figure imgf000053_0003
Scheme 2
[00101] Subjecting the alcohols formed to the Mitsunobu reaction gives phthalimide derivatives. The N protecting group is removed by treating with hydrazine, followed by acidification to give the final compounds (as hydrochloride salts) (Scheme 3).
pa-958577 52
Figure imgf000054_0001
deprotection
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000054_0003
Scheme 3
[00102] Removal of the phthalimido group is described in numerous publications; see, e.g., McDonald, I. A.; Lacoste, J. M.; Bey, P.; Palfreyman, M. G.; and Zreika, M. J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 186-193; or Bodansky, M; Bodansky, A., The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag: New York, 1984, at p. 163, "Removal of the Phthalyl (Phthaloyl) Group by Hydrazinolysis." Briefly, the phthalimido-protected compound is exposed to hydrazine hydrate. The phthalyl group is removed by refluxing for about 1 hour in a IM solution of hydrazine hydrate in absolute ethanol, or by heating for about 2 hours in a 2M solution of hydrazine hydrate at 50°C. The residue is treated with 2N HCl at 50°C for 10 minutes, then left at room temperature for 30 minutes. The insoluble
pa-958577 53 phthalylhydrazine is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated and purified by chromatography or recrystallization.
[00103] Synthesis of compounds of formula I-f can be performed as follows. A substituted or unsubstituted styrene is used as starting material. Reaction with sodium hydroxide and triethylbenzylammonium chloride in chloroform can be used to prepare a dichlorophenylcyclopropane:
Figure imgf000055_0001
[00104] The dichlorophenyl cyclopropane is then refluxed with sodium hydroxide in ethanol to yield a diethoxyethylvinyl benzene:
Figure imgf000055_0002
[00105] The diethoxylvinyl benzene is then treated with formic acid and water to yield an atropaldehyde (2-phenylpropenal):
Figure imgf000055_0003
pa-958577 54 [00106] The atropaldehyde intermediate can then be derivatized at the aldehyde carbon to introduce a variety of R6 substituents. For example, when R6 is Cι-C4 alkyl, designated as R6ALK, the bromo compound of the form R6ALK-BΓ can be used to form the Grignard reagent R6ALK-MgBr to introduce R6ALK:
Figure imgf000056_0001
[00107] The resulting 2-phenyl-l-en-3-hydroxy alkyl compound can then be subjected to a Mitsunobu reaction to replace the hydroxy group with a nitrogen:
Figure imgf000056_0002
[00108] The phthalimide group can then be removed with hydrazine to yield the compound with RI = H:
hydrazine
Figure imgf000056_0003
Figure imgf000056_0004
pa-958577 55 [00109] Alternatively, the alkene moiety can be chlorinated:
Figure imgf000057_0001
[00110] The dichloro can then be converted to the monochloro compounds by heating in dimethylsulfoxide with DBU (l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene), as described in McDonald, I. A., Lacoste, J. M., Bey, P., Palfreyman, M. G., and Zreika, M., J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 186-193 (see page 191, second column, syntheses of compounds 21 and 22), followed by deprotection (ibid.) to yield the desired compounds of formula I-f.
Figure imgf000057_0002
pa-958577 56 [00111] A specific example of the synthesis of a compound of formula 1-f is described in Example IB.
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula II [00112] Compounds of formula II are prepared using compounds of the following structure as starting material:
Figure imgf000058_0001
where n2 is 0, 1, or 2. Example 2 gives further details of the transformation of compounds of the form 30 into compounds of formula II. The starting materials embraced by 30 are widely available; for example, for n2=0, the compounds 1-indanone, 4-methyl-l-indanone, 6-methyl- 1-indanone, 4-hydroxy- 1-indanone, 5-hydroxy-l- indanone, 5-fluoro- 1-indanone, 5, 7-dimethyl- 1-indanone, 5, 6-dimethyl- 1-indanone, 5- methoxy- 1-indanone, 4-methoxy- 1-indanone, 6-methoxy- 1-indanone, 4-hydroxy-7- methyl- 1-indanone, 5 -chloro- 1-indanone, 5, 7-dimethoxy- 1-indanone, 4,5-dimethoxy-l- indanone, 5, 6-dimethoxy- 1-indanone, 5-bromo-l-indanone, and 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxy- 1-indanone are commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis, Missouri). Syntheses of substituted 1-indanones (which syntheses either produce precursors of form 30, or which can be modified to produce precursors of form 30) are also described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,016,281, 4,291,050, 5,329,049, 6,157,761, 6,492,539, and 6,548,710.
[00113] For n2=l, alpha-tetralone (3,4-dihydro-l(2H)-naphthalenone), 7-methyl-
3 ,4-dihydro- 1 (2H)-naphthalenone, 6-methyl-3 ,4-dihydro- 1 (2H)-naphthalenone, 6- hydroxy- 1 -tetralone (6-hydroxy-3 ,4-dihydro- 1 (2H)-naphthalenone), 5-hydroxy- 1 - tetralone (5-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-l(2H)-naphthalenone), 5, 7-dimethyl- 1 -tetralone (5,7- dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l(2H)-naphthalenone), 6,7-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l(2H)-
pa-958577 57 naphthalenone, 5 ,8-dimethyl-3 ,4-dihydro- 1 (2H)-naphthalenone, 7-methoxy- 1 -tetralone (7-methoxy-3 ,4-dihydro- l(2H)-naphthalenone), 5-methoxy-l -tetralone (5 -methoxy-3 ,4- dihydro- 1 (2H)-naphthalenone), 6-methoxy-l -tetralone (6-methoxy-3,4-dihydro-l (2H)- naphthalenone), 6-methoxy-5-methyl-3,4-dihydro-l(2H)-naphthalenone, 6,7-dimethoxy- 1 -tetralone (6,7-dimethoxy-3 ,4-dihydro- l(2H)-naphthalenone), and 5,8-dimethoxy-3,4- dihydro-l(2H)-naphthalenone are commercially available from Aldrich. Syntheses of substituted 1-tetralones (which syntheses either produce precursors of form 30, or which can be modified to produce precursors of form 30) are also described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,833,726, 4,016,281, 4,603,221, 5,208,246, 6,157,761, and Australian Patent No. AU 527232 (conesponding to Australian Patent Application No. AU 56291/80). [00114] For n2=2, 1-benzosuberone (6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzo[a]cyclohepten-
5-one), 8-fluoro-l-benzosuberone (3-fluoro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzo[a]cyclohepten- 5-one), 2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzo[a]cyclohepten-5-one, and 1 ,2-dimethoxy-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzo[a]cyclohepten-5-one are commercially available from Aldrich. Syntheses of substituted 1-benzosuberones (which syntheses either produce precursors of form 30, or which can be modified to produce precursors of form 30) are also described in U.S. Patent No. 6,157,761, Japanese Patent Publications 2000/007606 A and 2000/007607 A, and in Zhang et al., Synthetic Communications (1999), 29(16), 2903-2913.
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula III [00115] Compounds of formula III can be prepared by the following procedure.
An ω-phenyl alkyl alcohol 37 is treated with CBr /PPh3 in CH2C12. The bromide 38 can be isolated via column chromatography. The dry bromide 38 is then added to a mixture of magnesium metal in ether to prepare an ω-alkyl magnesium bromide 39.
pa-958577 58
Figure imgf000060_0001
Mg/ether
Figure imgf000060_0002
Figure imgf000060_0003
[00116] To generate compounds of formula III where the nitrogen containing ring is a 2,5-dihydro-lH-pyπole ring (5-membered ring), the ω-alkyl magnesium bromide 39 is used directly in the next step to react with N-(carboethoxy)-3-pynolidone 40 (ethyl-3 - oxo-1-pynolidinecarboxylate), with subsequent treatment of the product 41 with KOΗ to remove the carboethoxy group and then with hydrochloric acid to generate the 2,5- dihydro-lH-pynole group-containing compound 42 of formula III, as described in Lee, Y. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. (2002) 124:12135-12143.
Figure imgf000060_0004
pa-958577 59
Figure imgf000061_0001
[00117] To generate compounds of formula III where the nitrogen containing ring is a 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine ring (6-membered ring), the ω-alkyl magnesium bromide 39 is used directly in the next step to react withN-Boc-3-piperidinone 52 (3-oxo- piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester), with subsequent treatment of the product 53 with trifluoroacetic acid to remove the Boc group and then with hydrochloric acid to generate the 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine group-containing compound 54 of formula III, as described in Kehler, J. et al, Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. (1999) 9, 811-814; de Costa, Dominguez, C. et al., J. Med. Chem. (1992), 35, 4334, and in similar fashion to Lee, Y. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. (2002) 124:12135-12143.
Figure imgf000061_0002
pa-958577 60 [00118] Examples of commercially available alcohols, which can be used to introduce Rι2 and Rι3 groups of the form -CH3, -CH3, and -Cl, are shown below.
Figure imgf000062_0001
[00119] Other starting materials commercially available for synthesis include 2- phenoxyethanol, 2-(3-methylphenoxy)ethanol, 2-(4-methylphenoxy)ethanol, 2-(2- isopropylphenoxy)ethanol, 2-(4-methoxyphenoxy) ethanol, 2-(4-(tert-butyl)-phenoxy)- ethanol, α,4-dichloroanisole, 2-chloroethyl phenyl sulfide ([(2- chloroethyl)sulfanyl]benzene), and l-chloro-4-[(2-chloroethyl)sulfanyl]benzene, which are available from Aldrich Chemical Company, St. Louis, Missouri. [00120] Lee Y. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. (2002) 124, 12135-12143 describes a general chemical synthesis which can be adapted to prepare compounds of formula III (see Scheme 5 of Lee et al.). Wu, Y. et al, J. Med. Chem. (1962) 5:752-769 describes a general chemical synthesis for precursors to certain of the nitrogen heterocycle portion of the compounds of formula III.
pa-958577 61 [00121] Compounds of formula III where Rι4 is CH2 can also be prepared by the following procedures.
[00122] For n3b = 1, pynole is used as the starting material. The pynole nitrogen is protected, for example with the phenylsulfonyl group as follows.
Figure imgf000063_0001
[00123] The 1-phenylsulfόnylpynole is then reacted with substituted or unsubstituted phenylacetic acid (n3a - 1) or substituted or unsubstituted phenylpropionic acid (n3a = 2) which has been previously reacted with thionyl chloride, then aluminum chloride:
Figure imgf000063_0002
pa-958577 62 [00124] The carbonyl group is reduced and the pynole group is converted to a pynoline group, e.g. by reaction with sodium cyanoborohydride in TFA:
Figure imgf000064_0001
[00125] Finally, the phenylsulfonyl group is removed (for example, by reaction with sodium and anthracene in THF) to yield compounds of formula III where Rι4 is CH2:
Figure imgf000064_0002
[00126] Examples of preparation of compounds of formula III by this method are given in Example 31 below.
[00127] For n3b = 2, the following procedure can' be used when Rι4 = O. The N- protected (e.g. carbobenzyloxy, Boc, etc.) ethyl ester of beta-alanine is reacted with the ethyl ester of acrylic acid to yield N-protected 4-oxo-piperidine carboxylic acid ethyl
pa-958577 63 ester.
Figure imgf000065_0001
[00128] The 4-oxo group is then reduced, e.g., with sodium borohydride, to give the N-protected 4-hydroxypiperidine carboxylic acid ethyl ester.
Figure imgf000065_0002
[00129] The alcohol is then activated and elimination occurs to give the 1,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridine-3 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester derivative. Mesyl chloride/pyridine or tosyl chloride/pyridine, followed by basic treatment, can be used for this step.
Figure imgf000065_0003
pa-958577 64 [00130] The ethyl ester is then reduced, for example, with lithium aluminum hydride:
LiAlH4
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
[00131] A phenolic compound of the general form:
Figure imgf000066_0003
can then be coupled with the N-protected 3-hydroxymethyl-l ,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine, e.g. by using diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate and triphenylphosphine as follows:
Figure imgf000066_0004
[00132] Finally, the N-protecting group is removed to yield the compounds of formula III where n3b = 2 and Rj = O.
Figure imgf000066_0005
pa-958577 65 General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula IV [00133] Phenyl trifluoromethyl ketone (2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone,
CF3(C=O)C6H5) and benzyl trifluoromethyl ketone ( 1,1,1 -trifluoro-3-phenyl-2- propanone, CF3(C=O)CH2C6H5) are commercially available (e.g., Aldrich Chemical Co., St. Louis, Missouri). The preparation of 1,1,1 -trifluoro-4-phenyl-2-butanone (CF3(C=O)CH2CH2C6H5) is described in US 5,238,598 and EP 282391. Other phenyl trifluoromethyl ketones, benzyl trifluoromethyl ketones, and related compounds can be prepared using the methods disclosed in EP 298478 and in the publications Kawase et al., International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents (2001), 18(2), 161-165, Kesavan et al., Tetrahedron Letters (2000), 41(18), 3327-3330, Linderman et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1987), 28(37), 4259-62, Creary, X., Journal of Organic Chemistry (1987), 52(22), 5026- 30, and Herkes et al., Journal of Organic Chemistry (1967), 32(5), 1311-18. A Wittig reaction is used to transform the ketone into an acrylate ester, such as 3-phenyl-4,4,4- trifluoro-but-2-enoic acid ethyl ester or 3-benzyl-4,4,4-trifluoro-but-2-enoic acid ethyl ester. DIBAL or another suitable reducing agent is used to convert the ester into an alcohol, and then a Mitsunobu reaction is used to convert the alcohol into an amine. The amine is deprotected with hydrazine to yield the desired product. [00134] A synthesis of a specific compound (3-benzyl-4,4,4-trifluoro-but-2- enylamine) embraced by formula IV is provided in Example 3.
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula V [00135] Compounds of formula V are synthesized by the following general procedure. Example 3 A illustrates the synthesis of a specific compound (α- difluoromethylphenylalanine) embraced by general formula V.
[00136] The first two steps are adapted from the procedure for the synthesis of p- benzoyl-L-phenylalanine described in Kauer et al., J. Biol. Chem. 261(23):10695-700 (1986). The appropriate α-bromo-ω-phenyl alkyl starting material, of the form
pa-958577 66
Figure imgf000068_0001
is reacted with the compound ethyl acetamidocyanoacetate, CH3CO?NHCH(CN)CO2C2H5 (Aldrich) under basic conditions to yield the protected intermediate
Figure imgf000068_0002
[00137] The protected intermediate is refluxed in aqueous HCl (mixtures of water, dioxane, and HCl can be used if necessary to solubilize the compound) to give the racemic mixture of
Figure imgf000068_0003
[00138] If desired, resolution of the enantiomers is readily achieved by acetylation of the racemic mixture, followed by enzymatic cleavage of the acetyl group from the L- amino acids by acylase enzyme. Separation of the acetylated D-amino acid from the unacetylated L-amino acid can be done using acid extraction of the L-amino acid; the acetyl group can then be removed from the D-amino acid by reflux in aqueous HCl or water/dioxane HCl.
[00139] The amino acid is then esterified with an alcohol of the formula R23OH by methods well-known in the art (see, e.g., Bodanszky and Bodanszky, The Practice of
pa-958577 67 Peptide Synthesis, New York: Springer Verlag, 1984, at page 35, and other esterification procedures described therein), to give the compound
Figure imgf000069_0001
[00140] The N-formyl derivative is then formed by refluxing the amino acid ester with formamide.
Figure imgf000069_0002
[00141] The N-formyl derivative is then reacted with phosphorus oxychloride in the presence of triethylamme in dichloromethane to form the isocyano intermediate
Figure imgf000069_0003
[00142] The isocyano intermediate is added to sodium hydride, followed by the addition of chlorodifluoromethane gas, to give a compound of the form
Figure imgf000069_0004
pa-958577 68 [00143] Finally, reflux in dry HCl (e.g., 2N HCl in ether) gives the α- difluoromethyl amino acid derivative
Figure imgf000070_0001
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula VI [00144] Unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted styrene oxide is reacted with a diamine compound as follows:
Figure imgf000070_0002
Figure imgf000070_0003
to yield compounds of formula VI.
[00145] When either R 4 and/or R 5 are hydrogen, the nitrogen bearing the R34 and
R35 groups in the diamine reactant will often be sterically hindered by the R32 and R3 groups, and the nitrogen bearing the R31 group will react with the styrene oxide to yield
pa-958577 69 the desired product. If the nitrogen bearing the R34 and R35 groups is not sufficiently sterically hindered to ensure that only or primarily the nitrogen bearing the R31 group reacts with the styrene oxide, then the nitrogen bearing the R34 and R35 groups can be protected with a suitable protecting group (e.g., t-Boc, carbobenzoxy, or other nitrogen protecting groups) to prevent reaction of the nitrogen bearing the R34 and R35 groups with styrene oxide. For example, in the diamine reactant, R3 can be the t-Boc protecting group and R3S can be a hydrogen atom. The Boc group can be removed in a later step to yield R3 = H in the product.
[00146] Both S- and R-enantiomers of styrene oxide are commercially available, and a variety of substituted styrene oxides (phenyl-substituted 2-phenyloxiranes) are also commercially available. Substituted styrene oxides can also be synthesized by various methods; see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,756,862 and 5,981,807. One convenient route to substituted styrene oxide is by epoxidation of substituted styrenes with a percarboxylic acid (e.g., peroxyacetic acid) as described in U.S. Patent No. 3,930,835. Substituted styrenes are widely available commercially.
[00147] The second reactant, an α-amino-di-ω-substituted-ω-amino alkane derivative, is also readily available commercially. Unsubstituted 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,3- diaminopropane, , 1,4-diaminobutane, etc., are well-known diamines. Substituted compounds, such as N,N-diethyl-l,3-propanediamine, are available from suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, α-amino-di-ω-substituted-ω-amino alkane derivatives can also be prepared by procedures such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,902,831 or Japanese patent publication JP 8-27072 (published January 30, 1996). [00148] A specific example of a synthesis of a compound (2-(2-Amino-2-methyl- propylamino)-l-phenyl-ethanol) falling within general formula VI is given below in Example 3B.
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula VII [00149] Compounds of formula VII can be prepared by the following procedures.
Specific examples of syntheses of compounds falling within general formula VII are given below in Examples 3C, 3D, and 3E.
pa-958577 70 [00150] Typical syntheses use an ω-phenyl alkyl acid as the starting material. 3- phenyl propionic acid (hydrocinnamic acid) and 4-phenyl butyric acid are commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company (St. Louis, Missouri). A variety of ω-phenyl alkanoic acids are available from other sources. An electrochemical synthesis of Ar(CH2COOH) and Ar(CH2CH2COOH), where Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group, is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,517,061.
[00151] When R73 is O or S, the compounds can be prepared from the reaction of a substituted phenol (R 3 = O) or thiophenol (phenyl mercaptan) (R 3 = S) and an ω-bromoaliphatic acid in the presence of NaOH or other base. The products, ω-phenoxyaliphatic acid or ω-phenylsulfanyl acid, are converted to their conesponding methyl esters. (Phenylthio) acetic acid (X=S) and phenoxylacetic acid (X=O) are also available from Aldrich. Additional compounds can be synthesized by reacting thiophenol (phenyl mercaptan) with an ω-bromo alkanoic acid (X=S) or by reacting phenol with an ω-bromo alkanoic acid (X=O) (a base can be used to drive the reaction of the thiolphenol or phenol with the ω-bromo alkanoic acid).
[00152] The ω-phenyl alkyl acid (or ω-phenoxyalkyl acid or ω-phenylsulfanylalkyl acid) is first converted to its conesponding methyl ester. The methyl ester can be reduced at -78°C with DIBAL to provide the conesponding aldehyde. The aldehyde is reacted with a Grignard reagent to give an alcohol. Mitsunobu conditions are used to convert the alcohol to a phthalimide derivative. The final compound is then obtained after removing the N protecting group.
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula VIII [00153] The following procedure, adapted from International Patent Application
WO 02/38153, is used. A solution of histamine dihydrochloride (100 mmol), NaOH (250 mmol), and aldehyde R80-CHO (250 mmol) in water (100 ml)/MeOH (450 ml) is refluxed for 24h, then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture is then cooled in an ice bath. To this cooled solution is added concentrated HCl solution to make the pH<l . The mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is then dried in vacuo. The resulting oil is triturated with MeOH (3 x 50 ml) and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from t-PrOH to give
pa-958577 71 4-substituted-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine dihydrochloride. 2- substituted histamines can be used in order to introduce the functional group X as indicated in the general structure of formula VIII.
Figure imgf000073_0001
NaOH H20/MeOH
Figure imgf000073_0002
[00154] To a cooled solution of tetrahydroimidazopyridine dihydrochloride and
K2CO in CH2CI2/H2O at 0°C is added dropwise a solution of acyl chloride in CH2C12. The resulting mixture is stined for 24 h while warming up to room temperature. The mixture is transfened into a separation funnel. The layers are separated. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved or suspended in MeOH (3ml/mmol of starting material) and aq. IN NaOH (2 ml/mmol of starting material) is added. After lh the mixture is acidified with aq. HCl. The final compounds are purified by either column chromatography (silica gel, 2-10% MeOH/CH2Cl2) or recrystallization from Et2O.
pa-958577 72
Figure imgf000074_0001
General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula IX [00155] An aminomethyl-bearing derivative of the R ι group, that is, of the form
R9i-CH2-?NH2, can be utilized as a starting material. Compounds such as 3-aminomethylpyridine (3-picolylamine), benzylamine, 3-methylbenzylamine, 3-methoxybenzylamine, (4-isopropylphenyl)methanamine, (2,4- dimethylphenyl)methanamine, 4-fluorobenzylamine, and 1-naphthylmethylamine are commercially available from suppliers such as Sigma-Aldrich. The R92 group can also be present on the starting material (e.g., when R9ι = phenyl and n9 = 1, N-benzylmethylamine and N-benzyl-N-ethylamine can be used for R92 = methyl and R92 = ethyl, respectively). Alternatively, the R 2 group can be introduced easily by using a compound of the form R92-Br or R92-C1 for nucleophihc displacement by the NH2 group of the R9ι fragment when R92 is an alkyl, or by addition-elimination or elimination- addition reactions when R 2 is an aryl.
[00156] Once the appropriate compound of the form R ι-(CH2)n9-N(R92)H has been formed, the -C(=O)-CH(R93)-N(R94)(R95) portion can be added easily by amide bond formation. Compounds of the form HO-C(=O)-CH(R93)-N(R94)(R95) are alpha- amino acids, and an extraordinary variety of such compounds exist and are available from commercial suppliers (e.g, Bachem, Peninsula Laboratories, Sigma-Aldrich, SynPep (Dublin, CA), Calbiochem-Novabiochem, or are easily synthesized. The R93 portion is
pa-958577 73 the side chain of the amino acid, and both naturally-occurring and non-naturally- occuning side chains can be used as R .
[00157] Syntheses of compounds embraced by formula IX are given in Examples
3F and 3G below.
[00158] In one embodiment, the compounds of formula IX are chosen from the subset designated IX-a in the following scheme:
Ar/HetAr n9a
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0002
where Ar/HetAr is independently selected from aryl and heteroaryl; n9a is independently 0 or 1 (note that n9a = n9 - 1); and R96 is independently selected from H and Cι-C8 alkyl. The compounds of formula IX-a embrace the trifluoroacetate salt (which is produced using the scheme above), other salts, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the free amine.
[00159] The synthesis of a compound embraced by formula IX-a is given in
Example 3H below.
Methods of Use [00160] The compounds discussed herein can be used in a variety of manners.
One such use is in treatment of inflammation, inflammatory diseases, inflammatory
pa-958577 74 responses, and certain other diseases, as described in more detail below under "Treatment of Diseases." Other uses include inhibiting SSAO enzyme activity and/or VAP-1 binding activity or VAP-1 amine oxidase activity, both in vivo and in vitro. An example of in vitro use of the compounds is use in assays, such as conventional assays or high- throughput screening assays.
Treatment of Diseases [00161] Compounds discussed herein are useful for treating inflammation and inflammatory conditions, and for treating immune and autoimmune disorders. The compounds are also useful for treating one or more of a variety of diseases caused by or characterized by inflammation or immune disorders. Thus the compounds can be used to treat diseases caused by inflammation, and can also be used to treat diseases which cause inflammation. The compounds are used to treat mammals, preferably humans. "Treating" a disease with the compounds discussed herein is defined as administering one or more of the compounds discussed herein, with or without additional therapeutic agents, in order to prevent, reduce, or eliminate either the disease or one or more symptoms of the disease, or to retard the progression of the disease or of one or more symptoms of the disease, or to reduce the severity of the disease or of one or more symptoms of the disease. "Therapeutic use" of the compounds discussed herein is defined as using one or more of the compounds discussed herein to treat a disease, as defined above. A "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound is an amount of the compound, which, when administered to a subject, is sufficient to prevent, reduce, or eliminate either the disease or one or more symptoms of the disease, or to retard the progression of the disease or of one or more symptoms of the disease, or to reduce the severity of the disease or of one or more symptoms of the disease. A "therapeutically effective amount" can be given in one or more administrations.
[00162] The subjects which can be treated with the compounds and methods of the invention include vertebrates, preferably mammals, more preferably humans. [00163] Diseases which can be treated with the compound and methods of the invention include inflammation, inflammatory responses, inflammatory diseases and immune disorders. It should be noted that inflammatory diseases can be caused by
pa-958577 ' 75 immune disorders, and that immune disorders are often accompanied by inflammation, and therefore both inflammation and immune disorders may be treated simultaneously by the compounds and methods of the invention. Diseases which can be treated with the compounds and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, multiple sclerosis (including chronic multiple sclerosis); synovitis; systemic inflammatory sepsis; inflammatory bowel diseases; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis; Alzheimer's disease; atherosclerosis; rheumatoid arthritis; juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; pulmonary inflammatory conditions; asthma; skin inflammatory conditions and diseases; contact dermatitis; liver inflammatory and autoimmune conditions; autoimmune hepatitis; primary biliary cinhosis; sclerosing cholangitis; autoimmune cholangitis; alcoholic liver disease; Type I diabetes and/or complications thereof; Type II diabetes and/or complications thereof; atherosclerosis; ischemic diseases such as stroke and/or complications thereof; and myocardial infarction. In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is chronic multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment, the inflammatory disease or immune disorder to be treated by the present invention is the inflammatory complications resulting from stroke.
Modes of administration [00164] - The compounds described for use in the present invention can be administered to a mammalian, preferably human, subject via any route known in the art, including, but not limited to, those disclosed herein. Methods of administration include but are not limited to, intravenous, oral, intraarterial, intramuscular, topical, via inhalation (e.g. as mists or sprays), via nasal mucosa, subcutaneous, transdermal, intraperitoneal, gastrointestinal, rectal, and directly to a specific or affected organ. Oral administration is a prefened route of administration. The compounds described for use herein can be administered in the form of tablets, pills, powder mixtures, capsules, granules, injectables, creams, solutions, suppositories, enemas, colonic irrigations, emulsions, dispersions, food premixes, and in other suitable forms. The compounds can also be administered in liposome formulations. The compounds can also be administered as
pa-958577 76 prodrugs, where the prodrug undergoes transformation in the treated subject to a form which is therapeutically effective. Additional methods of administration are known in the art.
[00165] The compounds of the present invention may be administered in an effective amount within the dosage range of about 0.1 μg/kg to about 300 mg/kg, or within about 1.0 μg/kg to about 40 mg/kg body weight, or within about 1.0 μg/kg to about 20 mg/kg body weight, preferably between about 1.0 μg kg to about 10 mg/kg body weight. Other dosages which can be used are about 0.01 mg/kg body weight, about 0.1 mg/kg body weight, about 1 mg/kg body weight, about 10 mg/kg body weight, about 20 mg/kg body weight, about 30 mg/kg body weight, about 40 mg/kg body weight, or about 50 mg/kg body weight. Compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided dosage of two, three or four times daily.
[00166] The pharmaceutical dosage form which contains the compounds described herein is conveniently admixed with a non-toxic pharmaceutical organic carrier or a non- toxic pharmaceutical inorganic carrier. Typical pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, for example, mannitol, urea, dextrans, lactose, potato and maize starches, magnesium stearate, talc, vegetable oils, polyalkylene glycols, ethyl cellulose, poly(vinylpynolidone), calcium carbonate, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, benzyl benzoate, sodium carbonate, gelatin, potassium carbonate, silicic acid, and other conventionally employed acceptable carriers. The pharmaceutical dosage form can also contain non-toxic auxiliary substances such as emulsifying, preserving, or wetting agents, and the like. A suitable carrier is one which does not cause an intolerable side effect, but which allows the compound(s) to retain its pharmacological activity in the body. Formulations for parenteral and nonparenteral drug delivery are known in the art and are set forth in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000). Solid forms, such as tablets, capsules and powders, can be fabricated using conventional tableting and capsule-filling machinery, which is well known in the art. Solid dosage forms, including tablets and capsules for oral administration in unit dose presentation form, can contain any number of additional non- active ingredients known to the art, including such conventional additives as excipients;
pa-958577 77 desiccants; colorants; binding agents, for example syrup, acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, or polyvinylpyrollidone; fillers, for example lactose, sugar, maize-starch, calcium phosphate, sorbitol or glycine; tableting lubricants, for example magnesium stearate, talc, polyethylene glycol or silica; disintegrants, for example potato starch; or acceptable wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate. The tablets can be coated according to methods well known in standard pharmaceutical practice. Liquid forms for ingestion can be formulated using known liquid caniers, including aqueous and nonaqueous carriers such as sterile water, sterile saline, suspensions, oil-in-water and/or water-in-oil emulsions, and the like. Liquid foπnulations can also contain any number of additional non-active ingredients, including colorants, fragrance, flavorings, viscosity modifiers, preservatives, stabilizers, and the like. For parenteral administration, the compounds for use in the invention can be administered as injectable dosages of a solution or suspension of the compound in a physiologically acceptable diluent or sterile liquid carrier such as water, saline, or oil, with or without additional surfactants or adjuvants. An illustrative list of carrier oils would include animal and vegetable oils (e.g., peanut oil, soy bean oil), petroleum-derived oils (e.g., mineral oil), and synthetic oils, hi general, for injectable unit doses, sterile liquids such as water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solutions, and ethanol and glycol solutions such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol are prefened liquid carriers.
[00167] The pharmaceutical unit dosage chosen is preferably fabricated and administered to provide a defined final concentration of dmg in the blood, tissues, organs, or other targeted region of the body. The optimal effective concentration of the compounds of the invention can be determined empirically and will depend on the type and severity of the disease, route of administration, disease progression and health, mass and body area of the patient. Such determinations are within the skill of one in the art. The compounds for use in the invention can be administered as the sole active ingredient, or can be administered in combination with another active ingredient.
Kits [00168] The invention also provides articles of manufacture and kits containing materials useful for treating diseases such as inflammatory diseases, autoimmune
pa-958577 78 diseases, multiple sclerosis (including chronic multiple sclerosis); synovitis; systemic inflammatory sepsis; inflammatory bowel diseases; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis; Alzheimer's disease; atherosclerosis; rheumatoid arthritis; juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; pulmonary inflammatory conditions; asthma; skin inflammatory conditions and diseases; contact dermatitis; liver inflammatory and autoimmune conditions; autoimmune hepatitis; primary biliary cinhosis; sclerosing cholangitis; autoimmune cholangitis; alcoholic liver disease; Type I diabetes and/or complications thereof; Type II diabetes and/or complications thereof; atherosclerosis; ischemic diseases such as stroke and/or complications thereof; and myocardial infarction; or for inhibiting SSAO enzyme activity (whether the enzyme activity is due either to soluble SSAO enzyme or membrane-bound VAP-1 protein, or due to both) and/or inhibiting binding to VAP-1 protein. The article of manufacture comprises a container. with a label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, and test tubes. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition having an active agent which is effective for treating diseases or for inhibiting SSAO or VAP-1 enzyme activity or binding to VAP-1 protein. The active agent in the composition is one or more of the compounds of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or X. The label on the container indicates that the composition is used for treating diseases such as inflammatory or autoimmune diseases, or for inhibiting SSAO or VAP-1 enzyme activity or binding to VAP-1 protein, and may also indicate directions for either in vivo or in vitro use, such as those described above.
[00169] The invention also provides kits comprising any one or more of the compounds of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or X. In some embodiments, the kit of the invention comprises the container described above. In other embodiments, the kit of the invention comprises the container described above and a second container comprising a buffer. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instractions for performing any methods described herein (such as methods for treating autoimmune or inflammatory diseases, and methods for inhibiting SSAO or VAP-1 enzyme activity or binding to VAP-1 protein).
pa-958577 79 [00170] In other aspects, the kits may be used for any of the methods described herein, including, for example, to treat an individual with autoimmune or inflammatory disease, such as multiple sclerosis or ischemic disease (such as stroke) and the sequelae thereof.
[00171] The invention will be further understood by the following nonlimiting examples.
EXAMPLES
Example 1 Synthesis of a precursor of the compounds of general formula I [00172] A mixture of 3-bromo-2-methyl-propene (2) (1.86 ml, 17.9 mmol) and potassium phthalimide (1) (3.32 g, 17.9 mmol) in DMF (40 ml) was heated at 90°C for 4 hrs, then cooled and diluted with H2O (40 ml). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 ml), dried (MgSO4), and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 2-(2-methyl-allyl)- isoindole-l,3-dione (3) as a solid (2.6 g, 72%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.78 (s, 3H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 4.85 (s, IH), 4.92 (s, IH), 7.73-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.87-7.92 (m, 2H).
pa-958577 80
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000082_0002
[00173] ' A mixture of 2-(2-methyl-allyl)-isoindole-l ,3-dione (3) (1.0 g, 4.97 mmol) and N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) (1.13 g, 4.97 mmol) in CC14 (40 ml) is refluxed for 4 hrs. The mixture is filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified on column (silica gel, 2-10 % EtOAc/hexanes) to obtain 2-(2-bromomethyl-allyl)- isoindole-l,3-dione (4).
Figure imgf000082_0003
Example 1A General procedure for use of 2-(2-bromomethyl-allyl)-isoindole-l ,3-dione (4) for the synthesis of compounds of formula I
pa-958577 81 [00174] To a suspension of NaH (1.1 eq) in DMF (30 ml) is added a solution of an amide conesponding to the precursor to the groups of form la or lb (1 eq) in DMF (5.0 ml) or an indole, benzimidazole, benzpyrazole, or benzotriazole conesponding to the group of form Ic (A different procedure, which does not proceed via 2-(2-bromomethyl- allyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione, is used to synthesize compounds with a group conesponding to fonnula Id; see the section above entitled "General procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula I"). The resulting mixture is stined at room temperature for 30 min. To this solution is added a solution of 2-(2-Bromomethyl-allyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione (1.2 eq) in DMF (5.0 ml). The reaction mixture is stined at room temperature under N2 for overnight, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified on column (silica gel, 20-40% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the conesponding alkylated amide. This reaction is illustrated for a compound with a group of the form la:
Figure imgf000083_0001
which reacts with 4 to yield
pa-958577 82
Figure imgf000084_0001
The phthalimido group is then removed by published procedures, for example by exposure to hydrazine hydrate (e.g., 1 hour in IM hydrazine hydrate in absolute ethanol). The resulting compound is of the following form.
Figure imgf000084_0002
pa-958577 83 Example IB Synthesis of compounds of formula I-f
[00175] Synthesis of , 1 -dichloro-2-phenylcyclopropane (Exlb-2):
Figure imgf000085_0001
Ex1 b-1
Figure imgf000085_0002
In a three-necked, round-bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stiner, a thermometer, and a reflux condenser was placed styrene (Exlb-1) (14.3 mL, 125 mmol), chloroform (12.5 mL), triethylbenzylammonium chloride (0.5 g, 2.20 mmol), methylene chloride (6.5 mL), and a solution of sodium hydroxide (19.2 g) in water (19.2 mL). The mixture was stined vigorously. The reaction temperature was allowed to rise to 40°C, and then kept around 40-45 °C. After an hour, the reaction mixture was heated in a 55-60°C oil bath for another hour. Then the reaction mixture was poured into H2O (30 mL) and extracted with petroleum ether (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. This oil was distilled through a 20-cm Vigreux column, The fraction at 105°C (17 mmHg) was collected (15.5 g, 66.5%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.87 (dd, J= 7.5, 8.7 Hz, IH), 1.98 (dd, J= 7.5, 10.5 Hz, IH), 2.94 (dd, J- 8.7, 10.5 Hz, IH), 7.3-7.45 (m, 5H). [00176] Synthesis of atropaldehyde diethyl acetal (Exlb-3):
Figure imgf000085_0003
Ex1b-2 Ex1b-3
A mixture of l,l-dichloro-2-phenylcyclopropane (15.5g, 82.8 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (13.2 g, 4 eq) in ethanol (130 mL) was refluxed for 24 hours. The reaction
pa-958577 84 was poured into H2O (30 mL) and extracted with petroleum ether (2 x 30. mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO ) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was distilled through a 20-cm Vigreux column to give the pure product (11.4 g, 67%). 1H ?NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.21 (t, J - 6.9 Hz, 6H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 5.24 (s, IH), 5.66 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.54 (m, 2H). [00177] Synthesis of atropaldehyde (Exlb-4):
Figure imgf000086_0001
To cooled atropaldehyde diethyl acetal (9.98 g, 48.4 mmol) was added a cooled mixture of formic acid (12mL) and water (4mL) in one portion. The reaction was monitored by TLC after 10 min, and was quickly quenched by adding petroleum ether and water. The mixture was transfened to a separatory funnel and more petroleum ether and water were added as needed. The aqueous layer was washed with petroleum ether (2 x 30 mL). Then the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. This oily product was dissolved in a mixture of diethyl ether (7 mL) and petroleum ether (7 mL). The resulting solution was cooled to -50°C. A crystalline solid was formed. The solid was filtered, dried under vacuum for a few minutes and then was stored at -20°C (4.63 g, 72.4%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 6.19 (d, J= 0.6 Hz, IH), 6.64 (d, J= 0.6 Hz, IH), 7.35-7.5 (m, 5H), 9.84 (s, IH). [00178] Note that this synthesis of compound Exlb-4 is described in Organic
Syntheses Collective Volume 7, page 12 and Annual Volume 60, page 6.
pa-958577 85 [00179] Synthesis of compound Exlb-5:
Figure imgf000087_0001
Ex1b-4 Ex1b-'5
To a cooled solution of atropaldehyde (2.60 g, 19.7 mmol) in THF (16 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise methyl magnesium bromide (14.8 mL, 20.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stined at room temperature for 1.5 hrs, then quenched by adding H2O (30 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2C12 (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified on column cliromatography (silica gel, 10-25% EtOAc/hexanes) to give an oil (2.98 g, 100%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.33 (d, J- 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.66 (s, IH), 4.84 (q, j = 5.7 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J- 0.9 Hz, IH), 5.37 (d, J=- 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.35-7.45 (m, 5H). [00180] Synthesis of compound Exl b-6:
Figure imgf000087_0002
To a cooled solution of the alcohol (Exlb-5) (1.29 g, 8.7 mmol), phthalimide (1.34 g, 9.14 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (2.40 g, 9.14 mmol) in freshly distilled THF (28 mL) was added dropwise a solution of DEAD (1.59 g, 9.14 mmol) in THF (5 mL). Then the icebath was removed and the reaction was stined under N2 at room temperature for overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified on column chromatography (silica gel, 10-20% EtOAc/hexanes) to give an oil (1.23 g, 51%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.72 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 4.12 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 5.42, (d, J
pa-958577 86 = 2.1 Hz, IH), 5.45 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 5.54 (m, IH), 7.20-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.39 (m, 2H),
7.65 (m, 2H), 7.75 (m, 2H).
[00181] Synthesis of compound Exlb-7:
Figure imgf000088_0001
A mixture of compound Exlb-6 (0.402 g, 1.45 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.127 mL, 2.17mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was refluxed for 1.5 hrs. Then it was cooled and treated with 6N HCl (1.0 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 90°C for 45 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H2O and filtered to remove insoluble solid. The filtrate was washed with ether (20 mL) and then basified to pH -9-10 by adding IN NaOH solution. The basic solution was saturated with NaCl and extracted with ether (2 x 30 mL). The combined ether layers were then washed with H2O (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SO ), and concentrated in vacuo. The amine residue was then dissolved in diethyl ether (3.0 mL), and 2N HCl in ether (3.62 mL, 7.24 mmol) was added. The hydrochloride salt was formed and precipitated immediately. It was filtered and dried in vacuo to give a solid (0.170 g, 63.8%). Mp: 175-178°C. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.30 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 4.45 (q, j = 6.6 Hz, IH), 5.22 (s, IH), 5.37 (s, IH), 7.19-7.32 (m, 5H). [00182] Synthesis of compound Ex lb-8:
Figure imgf000088_0002
Ex1b-6 Ex1b-8
Cl gas was bubbled through a cooled solution (well protected from light) of Exlb-6
pa-958577 87 (0.286 g, 1.03 mmol) in CH2C12 (12 mL) for 15 min. Then the Cl2 gas was stopped and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 10 min when TLC showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was poured into brine and extracted with petroleum ether (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 2% sodium bicarbonate, and then with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude oil. This oil was then purified on flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the dichlorinated product (0.296 g, 82.4%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.66 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 4.13 (d, J= 12.6 Hz, IH), 4.65 (d, J- 12.3 Hz, IH), 4.99 (q, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.19-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.50-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.81 (m, 2H).
[00183] Synthesis of compounds Exlb-10a and Exl b-10b
The final compounds Exlb-lOa and Exlb-lOb are obtained by using the procedures described by Ian McDonald inJ Med. Chem. 1985, 28, 186-193, proceeding through the intermediate compounds Exlb-9a and Exlb-9b.
Figure imgf000089_0001
Ex1b-8
Figure imgf000089_0002
Following McDonald et al., the compound Exlb-8 and DBU are heated in dimethyl sulfoxide at about 95 °C for about 4 hours. The mixture is cooled, diluted with cold water, and extracted with ether. The ether is concentrated and the product purified by
pa-958577 column chromatography to give the mixture of Exlb-9a and Exlb-9b.
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000090_0002
Ex1 b-10a Ex1b-10b
[00184] Compounds Exlb-9a and Exlb-9b are then deprotected using hydrazine hydrate in EtOH at reflux for about 90 minutes. The mixture is cooled, 18% aqueous HCl is added, and the mixture heated at about 90°C for about 45 minutes more. The mixture is cooled and filtered; the filtrate is then evaporated to dryness. The residue is extracted with ethanol, and the ethanol solution is evaporated to give Ex lb- 10a and Exlb-lOb. The compounds can be recrystallized, e.g. from an ethanol/ether mixture. The E and Z isomers can be separated by methods known in the art, e.g. by HPLC.
Example 2 General synthetic procedures for the preparation of formula II [00185] Compounds of formula II are prepared using compounds of the following stracture as starting material:
pa-958577 89
Figure imgf000091_0001
where n2 is 0, 1, or 2.
[00186] For example, to a cooled solution of indan-1-one 31 (3.0 g, 22.73 mmol;
Aldrich) in THF (100 ml) is added dropwise a solution of LDA (IM, 23 ml, 23 mmol). After stining at -78°C under N2 for 30 min, a solution of N-(bromomethyl)phthalimide 32 (5.5 g, 22.91 mmol) in THF (30 ml) is added. The resulting mixture is stined at room temperature overnight. The solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue is purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 20-40% EtOAc/haxenes) to give 2-(l-oxo-indan-2- ylmethyl)-isoindole- 1 ,3 -dione 33.
Figure imgf000091_0002
pa-958577 90 [00187] To a solution of 2-(l-oxo-indan-2-ylmethyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione 33 (2.7 g,
9.27 mmol) in MeOH (40 ml) is added NaBH4 (0.35 g, 9.27 mmol). The resulting mixture is stined at room temperature for 4 hrs, and then is quenched by adding 3% aqueous HCl solution. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 ml). The combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give a cmde product (2.71 g, 100%). This crude product is used directly in the next step without any further purification.
[00188] To a cooled mixture of the crude product from above step (2.7 g, 9.22 mmol), Et3N (1.93 ml, 13.82 mmol) in CH2C12 (75 ml) is added portionwise TsCl (1.76 g, 9.22 mmol). After the completion of addition of TsCl, the reaction mixture is stined at room temperature for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture is washed with H2O (2 x 20 ml), brine (20 ml), dried (MgSO ), and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 5-10% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide the tosylate 34.
Figure imgf000092_0001
[00189] To a solution of tosylate in DMSO is added l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-
7-ene (DBU). The resulting mixture is heated to 60°C for 2 hrs. After cooling to room temperature, H2O is added to the reaction mixture. The resulting mixture is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4), and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 5-10% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the conesponding lH-indene derivative 35.
pa-958577 91
Figure imgf000093_0001
[00190] The target compound 36 is then be obtained by removing phthalido protecting group from the nitrogen using published procedures (e.g. hydrazinolysis).
Figure imgf000093_0002
Example 3 Synthesis of3-benzyl-4,4,4-trifluoro-but-2-enylamine, a compound embraced by General Formula IV [00191] To a suspension of NaH (0.55 g, 21.77 mmol) in THF (40 ml) was added dropwise a solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (5.0 g, 21.8 mmol) in THF (10 ml). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature for 15 min, then a solution of benzyl trifluoromethyl ketone (3.5 ml, 21.77 mmol) in THF (10 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was stined at room temperature for 2 hrs, and then was quenched by addition of 10%) aqueous HCl solution. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via column (silica gel, 10% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 3-benzyl-4,4,4-trifluoro-but-2-enoic acid ethyl ester as an oil (4.0 g, 71%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.23-1.33 (m, 3H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 4.15-4.31 (m, 2H), 5.76, 6.49 (two br s, total IH), 7.15-7.41 (m, 5H).
pa-958577 92
Figure imgf000094_0001
[00192] To a cooled solution of 3-benzyl-4,4,4-trifluoro-but-2-enoic acid ethyl ester (4.0 g, 15.5 mmol) in CH2Cl2/hexanes (7.0/23.0 mml) at -78°C under N2 was added a solution of DIBAL in hexanes (IM, 36 ml, 36 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at -78°C under N2 for 3 hrs, and then was quenched by adding MeOH (-5.0 ml). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in slightly acidic H2O (20 ml). The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give an oil (3.3 g, 100%), which was used directly in the next step without any further purification.
pa-958577 93
Figure imgf000095_0001
DIBAL
Figure imgf000095_0002
[00193] To a solution of the alcohol obtained from the previous step (3.3 g, 15.3 mmol), PPh3 (4.28 g, 16.2 mmol), and phthalimide (2.4 g, 16.4 mmol) in THF (100 ml) was added a solution of diethylazo dicarboxylate (DEAD) (2.65 ml, 16.3 mmol) in THF (10 ml). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature under N2 for overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 20-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide 2-(3-benzyl-4,4,4- trifluoro-but-2-enyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione as a white solid (4.0 g, 76%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 3.48, 3.78 (two s, total 2H), 4.33, 4.57 (two br s, total 2H), 5.56, 6.30 (two t, J= 6 Hz, total IH), 7.11-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.67-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.88 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000095_0003
Mitsunobu reaction
Figure imgf000095_0004
pa-958577 94 [00194] A mixture of 2-(3-benzyl-4,4,4-trifluoro-but-2-enyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione
(1.75 g, 5.07 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (0.18 ml, 5.78 mmol) in MeOH (20 ml) was refluxed for 4 hrs. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (20 ml).. To this solution was added 18% aqueous HCl solution. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 40 min, and then cooled to room temperature, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H2O (10 ml). The aqueous layer was washed with ether (2 x 20 ml). The aqueous layer was made basic by adding NaOH. The resulting basic solution was saturated with NaCl, extracted with ether (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ether (5 ml). To this solution was added a solution of HCl in ether (2M, 5ml, 10 mmol). A white solid formed was filtered and washed with ether, then dried (0.5 g, 40%) to yield 3-benzyl-4,4,4-trifluoro-but-2- enylamine. mp 170°C (decom). HNMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 3.47, 3.56 (two s, total 2H), 3.64, 3.71 (two dt, J= 6, 3 Hz, total 2H), 5.68, 6.27 (two t, j - 6 Hz, total IH), 7.06-7.33 (m, 5H).
Figure imgf000096_0001
Example 3A a-difluoromethylphenylalanine, a compound embraced by general formula V [00195] A specific example of the synthesis of α-difluoromethylphenylalanine me,thyl ester hydrochloride is given below, starting from commercially available L- phenylalanine methyl ester (Aldrich).
pa-958577 95
Figure imgf000097_0001
[00196] N-Formyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester. Formamide (276 μL, 6.95 mmol), L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (1 g, 4.64 mmol) and toluene (50 mL) were combined. The flask was equipped with a Dean-Stark trap, and the system was heated to reflux for 4.5 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude oil was purified by column chromatography (MeOH/ CH2C12 1%, 2%, 5%) to yield 0.79 g (82%) of an amber oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.10 (dd, J= 5.7, 14.1 Hz, IH), 3.18 (dd, J= 5.7, 14.1 Hz, IH), 3.74 (s, 3H), 4.96 (m, IH), 6.22 (br s, IH), 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 8.15 (s, IH).
Figure imgf000097_0002
[00197] 2-Isocyano-3-phenyI-propionic acid methyl ester. Phosphorous oxychloride (0.41 mL, 4.52 mmol) was slowly added to a mixture of N-formyl-L- phenlalanine methyl ester (0.78 g, 3.76 mmol), triethylamme (1.57 mL, 11.3 mmol) and CH2CI2 (8 mL) while stirring at 0°C. The mixture was stined under Ν2 at decreased temperatures as the reaction was monitored by TLC. After 1 h, the reaction was
pa-958577 96 quenched by the addition of chilled 5% ?t EH4OH. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The cmde product was purified by column chromatography (100% CH2C12, 1% MeOH/ CH2C12) to yield 0.25 g (35%) of a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.13 (dd, J= 8.2, 13.8 Hz, IH), 3.26 (dd, J= 4.6, 14.1 Hz, IH), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.46 (dd, J= 5.0, 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000098_0001
[00198] 2-Benzyl-3,3-difluoro-2-isocyano-propionic acid methyl ester. A solution of 2-isocyano-3-phenylpropionic acid methyl ester in a minimum amount of THF (2.0 ml) was added to a suspension of NaH in THF (20 ml) stirring at 0 °C. After 10 min, chlorodifluoromethane gas was bubbled through the mixture for 30 min. At this time, the flask was capped, and the mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature as it was stined for another 3 h. The reaction was quenched upon the addition of 20% acetic acid (680 μL), and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residual liquid was extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 20 ml). The ether layers were washed with water, saturated bicarbonate, and brine, before it was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The cmde product was purified by column chromatography (CH2Cl2/hexane 1 : 1) to yield 52 mg (16%) of a clear yellow liquid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.20 (dd, J= 13.6, 36.6 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 6.03 (t, J= 53.7 Hz, IH), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 3H).
pa-958577 97 H
Figure imgf000099_0001
[00199] α-Difluoromethylphenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride. A solution of 2 N HCl/ether (0.6 mL) was added to a solution of the nitrile in a minimum volume of methanol. The mixture was heated to 50 °C for 1 h then concentrated in vacuo. The product was precipitated upon addition of ethyl ether, which was removed in vacuo to yield a white foam. To remove impurities evident in analytical HPLC trace, the foam was dissolved in a mixture of water and ether. The aqueous layer was separated and the pH was adjusted to 10 with NaOH solution before it was extracted with ether. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The product was converted to the hydrochloride salt upon treatment with 2 N HCl/ether. 1H NMR was done in CDCI3 on 300 MHz instrument. The spectrum was not well resolved. The peaks were very broad. HRMS (MALDI-FTMS) calcd for C,ιHι4NF2O2 m/z (M+H+) 230.0987, found 230.0985; HPLC: Vycac C18, 10-35%B 20 min, 0.1% TFA in H2O/CH3CN, 210 nm, lmL/min, tr = 8.26 min.
Example 3B Synthesis of 2-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propylamino)-l -phenyl-ethanol dihydrochloride (a compound embraced by general formula VI)
Figure imgf000099_0002
[00200] Styrene oxide (57 μL, 0.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 1,2- diamino-2-methylpropane (100 μL). The flask was equipped with a condenser and
pa-958577 98 heated to 65 °C for approximately 90 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in water and washed with diethyl ether. The organic layer was washed with water. The aqueous layers were combined, acidified with glacial acetic acid, and filtered through a 0.45 μ filter before purification by HPLC.
[00201] The HPLC conditions used were as follows:
Column: Dynamax Cl 8 60 A, 1 x 10 in.
Gradient: 7-14%B in 30 min.
Solvents: A) 0.1%TFA/H2O; B) 0.1%TFA/CH3CN
Detector: 254 nm . .
Flow rate: 10 mL/min
[00202] The fractions were checked by analytical HPLC (Vydac C 18, 10-50%B in
20 min, 1 mL/min, 210/254 nm) and elecfrospray mass spectrometry. The fractions containing the product were combined and lyophilized to yield 9 mg (10%) of a white residue. Once dry, the residue was dissolved in a minimum volume of methanol (50-75 μL) and IN HCl/ether. The solvent was removed after 5-10 min. More ethyl ether was added to the residue to precipitate the product, then the ether was removed in vacuo and the sample was dried under vacuum. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 1.55 (s, 6H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 5.16 (dd, J= 1.85, 6.50 Hz, IH), 7.34 (m, IH), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 2H); MS (MALDI-FTMS) expected: 209.1648 (M+H); found: 209.1649 (M+H).
Example 3C l-[3-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-propyl]-prop-2-ynylamine (a compound embraced by general formula VII)
Figure imgf000100_0001
pa-958577 99 [00203] A mixture of 4-(4-methoxyphenyl) butyric acid (5.0 g, 25.8 mmol) and
H2SO4 (concentrated, cat. amount) in MeOH (30 ml) was refluxed for 3 hr. The mixture was concentrated to remove excess MeOH. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (30 ml) and washed with H2O (20 ml), Sat. NaHCO3 (2 x 15 ml), H2O (20 ml), and brine (30 ml) respectively. The organic layer was then dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide methyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl) butyrate (5.3 g, 100%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.89 (p, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H).
[00204] To a cooled solution of methyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl) butyrate (3.6 g, 17.3 mmol) in CH2C12 (40 ml) at -78°C under N2 was added dropwise a solution of DIBAL in hexanes (1.0 M, 18.0 ml, 18 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at -78°C under N2 for 3 hrs, and then quenched by adding MeOH (-5 ml). The resulting mixture was warmed gradually to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-butyraldehyde as an oil (3.06 g, 100%). 1H ?NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.91 (p, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.58 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 9.73 (s, IH). The residue was used directly in the next step without any further purification.
Figure imgf000101_0001
[00205] To a cooled solution of 4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-butyraldehyde (1.13 g, 6.35 mmol) in THF (30 ml) was added a solution of ethynylmagnesium bromide in THF (0.5 M, 14.0 ml, 7.0 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature for 3 hrs, and then was quenched by adding dilute HCl solution. The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 25-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 6-(4- Methoxy-phenyl)-hex-l-yn-3-ol as an oil (0.61 g, 47%). IH NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ
pa-958577 100 1.71-1.81 (m, 4H), 2.46 (s, IH), 2.61 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.38 (br s, IH), 6.83 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H).
Figure imgf000102_0001
[00206] To a mixture of 6-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-hex-l-yn-3-ol (0.6 g, 2.94 mmol),
PPh3 (0.77 g, 2.94 mmol), and phthalimide (0.43 g, 2.94 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added a solution of DEAD (0.48 ml, 2.94 ml) in THF (5.0 ml). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature under N2 for overnight. After removing solvent, the residue was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 20-40% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide 2-{l-[3-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-propyl]-prop-2-ynyl}-isoindole-l,3-dione (0.62 g, 63%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300MHz) δ 1.58-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.36 (br s, IH), 2.55-2.65 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 5.06 (dt, J - 2.4, 8.1 Hz, IH), 6.81 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.70-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.89 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000102_0002
[00207] A mixture of 2-{l-[3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-propyl]-prop-2-ynyl}-isoindole-
1 ,3-dione (0.62 g, 1.86 mmol), H2NNH2*xH2O (0.06 ml, 1.93 mmol) in MeOH (20 ml) was refluxed for 3 hrs. 6 N HCl (5.0 ml) was then added. The mixture was continued to reflux for 45 min, then cooled, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H2O (10 ml). The aqueous solution was washed with ether (2 x 20 ml). The aqueous solution was basified with NaOH to pH around 12, saturated with NaCl, and then extracted with ether (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ether (2 ml). To this solution was added a solution of HCl in ether (1.0 M, 5.0 ml, 5.0
pa-958577 101 mmol). The solid precipitated was filtered, washed with ether, and dried to give l-[3-(4- Methoxy-phenyl)-propyl]-prop-2-ynylamine hydrochloride (0.31 g, 70%). mp: 175°C (decompose). Η NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.51-1.71 (m, 4H), 2.41-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.77- 2.79 (m, IH), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.89-3.96 (m, IH), 6.77 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H).
Figure imgf000103_0001
Example 3D l-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-butylamine (a compound embraced by general formula VII) [00208] To a cooled solution of 4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-butyraldehyde (1.03 g, 5.78 mmol) in THF (30 ml) at 0°C under N2 was added a solution of 3,4- difluorophenylmagnesium bromide in THF (0.5 M, 13 ml, 6.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at 0°C under N2 for 3 ?hrs, and quenched by adding H2O. The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 20-40% EtOAc/hexanes) to give l-(3,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-butan-l-ol as a solid (0.25 g, 15%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.35-1.69 (m, 4H), 2,55 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 4.49-4.66 (m, IH), 6.80 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.92-7.22 (m, 5H).
Figure imgf000103_0002
pa-958577 102 [00209] A mixture of 1 -(3,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-butan- 1 -ol
(0.25 g, 0.86 mmol), PPh3 (0.23 g, 0.88 mmol), phthalimide (0.13 g, 0.88 mmol) in THF (30 ml) was treated with a solution of DEAD (0.14 ml, 0.88 mmol) in THF 95.0 ml). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature under N2 for overnight, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 20-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 2-[l-(3,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)- butyl]-isoindole-l,3-dione as a solid (0.1 g, 27%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ 1.51- 1.82 (m, 4H), 2.57 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.59-4.69 (m, IH), 6.81 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.94-7.20 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000104_0001
[00210] A mixture of 2-[l-(3,4-Difluoro-ρhenyl)-4-(4-methoxy-ρhenyl)-butyl]- isoindole-l,3-dione (0.1 g, 0.24 mmol), H2NNH2*xH2O (10 μl, 0.32 mmol) in MeOH (5 ml) was refluxed for 3 hrs. A solution of 16N HCl (2.0 ml) was added. The mixture was continued to reflux for 45 min, then cooled to room temperature, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H2O (10 ml), washed with ether (2x10 ml). The aqueous layer was basified to pH 14 by adding NaOH, saturated with NaCl, and extracted with ether (3x20 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ether (-2 ml). To this solution was added a solution of HCl in ether (1.0 M, 2.0 ml). The solid precipitated was collected, washed with ether, and dried (10 mg, 13 >) to yield the product l-(3,4- difluorophenyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-butylamine. mp: 200°C (decompose). 'HNMR D20, 300MHz) δ 1.13-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.87 (m, 2H), 2 22-2.47 (m, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.15 (m, IH), 6.73 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.88-7.22 (m, 5H).
pa-958577 103
Figure imgf000105_0001
Example 3E l-(3-phenyl-propyl)-allylamine (a compound embraced by general formula VII) [00211] A mixture of 4-phenyl butyric acid (3.64 g, 23.95 mmol), H2SO4 (several drops, catalytic amount) in MeOH (17 ml) was refluxed for 3 hr. TLC showed that no starting material was present. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (30 ml), and washed with sat. NaHCO3 (2 x 20 ml), H2O (2 x 20 ml), and brine (30 ml). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide an oil (3.55 g, 90%). 1H NMR (CDC13. 400 MHz) δ 1.93-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.46 (t, J= 5.88 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, J= 5.97 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 7.12- 7.22 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.33 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000105_0002
[00212] To a cooled mixture of methyl 4-phenyl butyric acid (3.55 g, 19.94 mmol) in CH2C12 (40 ml) at -78°C under N2 was added dropwise a solution of DIBAL in hexanes (1 M, 22 ml, 22 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at -78°C under N2 for 3?hr, then quenched by adding MeOH (5.0 ml). The mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give an oil (2.84, 96%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ 1.97 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.11-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.35 (m, 2H), 9.76 (s, IH).
pa-958577 104
Figure imgf000106_0001
[00213] To an ice-cooled solution of 4-ρhenylbutyraldehyde (2.84 g, 19.16 mmol) in THF (40 ml) under N2 was added a solution of vmylmagnesium bromide in THF (1 M, 19,2 ml, 19.2 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature under N2 for 3 ?hr, then poured into ice-H2O. The mixture was extracted with CH2C12 (2 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO ) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified on a column (silica gel, 10-20% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 6-phenyl-hex-l-en-3-ol as an oil (1.56 g, 46%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ 1.50- 1.82 (m, 5H), 2.65 (t, J - 6.04 Hz, 2H), 4.08-4.15 (m, IH), 5.11 (dd, J = 8.28, 1.03 Hz, IH), 5.22 (dt, J = 13.8, 1.16 Hz, IH), 5.81-5.91 (m, IH), 7.15-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000106_0002
[00214] To a mixture of 6-phenyl-hex-l-en-3-ol (1.53 g, 8.68 mmol), phthalimide
(1.28 g, 8.68 mmol), and PPh3 (2.28 g, 8.68 mmol) in THF (30 ml) was added a solution of DEAD (1.41 ml, 8.68 mmol) in THF (5.0 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was stined under N2 at room temperature overnight. It was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified on a column (silica gel, 10-15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 2-[l-(3- phenyl-propyl)-allyl]-isoindole-l,3-dione as a yellow oil (1.47 g, 89%). IH ?NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ 1.50-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.01 (m, IH), 2.08-2.20 (m, IH), 2.57-2.69 (m, 2H), 4.76 (q, J - 6.06 Hz, IH), 5.15-5.25 (m, 2H), 6.14-6.26 (m, IH), 7.08-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.83 (m, 2H).
pa-958577 105
Figure imgf000107_0001
[00215] A mixture of 2-[l-(3-phenyl-propyl)-allyl]-isoindole-l,3-dione (1.4 g, 4.58 mmol) and NH2NH2»xH2O (0.16 ml, 5.14 mmol) in MeOH (20 ml) was refluxed for 3 hr, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (20 ml). To this solution was added 18% aqueous HCl (5.0 ml). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 40 min, cooled, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H2O (10 ml). The solution was washed with ether (2 x 20 ml). The aqueous layer was made basic by adding aq. NaOH. The solution was saturated with NaCl, then extracted with ether (3 x 20 ml). The combined ether layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in a small volume of ether (-2.0 ml). To this solution was added a solution of HCl in ether (2 M, 3.0 ml, 6.0 mmol). A white precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with ether and EtOAc, and then dried (0.51 g, 91%) to yield the desired product, l-(3-phenyl- propyl)-allylamine. mp: 143-144°C. 'HNMR (D2O, 400 MHz) δ 1.58-1.75 (m, 4H), 2.58-2.72 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.82 (m, IH), 5.32-5.41 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.82 (m, IH), 7.18-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.41 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000107_0002
Example 3F 2-amino-N-(4-fluorobenzyl)acetamide (a compound embraced by general formula IX)
pa-958577 106
Figure imgf000108_0001
[00216] To a cooled solution of 4-fluorobenzylamine (2.3 g, 18.4 mmol) and Et3N
(3.85 ml, 27.6 mmol) in CH2C12 (45 ml) was added a solution of chloroacetyl chloride (2.49 g, 1.76 ml) in CH2CI2 (5 ml). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature overnight, then was transfened into a separatory funnel, and washed with H2O (2 x 50 ml), NaHCO3 (100 ml), and brine (100 ml) respectively, and then dried over MgSO and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give a yellowish solid. It was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 33% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide the pure product (3.1g, 84.5%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 7.24-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.71-7.02(s, IH), 4.38-4.51(d, 2H), 4.03-4.10(s, IH).
Figure imgf000108_0002
[00217] To a solution of 2-chloro-N-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-acetamide (0.2 g, 1 mmol) and ? I (catalytic amount) in DMF (10 ml) was added concentrated ? ?TH3 ,H2O (0.4 ml). The resulting mixture was heated at 60°C for 1.5 hr. TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, 5-10% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give the product (140 mg, 77.7%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 7.22-7.38 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.10 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.50 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.45(m, 2H).
pa-958577 107
Figure imgf000109_0001
[00218] To a solution of 2-amino-N-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-acetamide (100 mg,
0.55 mmol) in Et2O (20 ml) was added a solution of HCl in Et2O (2.0 M, 0.5 ml,
1.0 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature. The solid precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with EtOAc, and dried in vacuo to give a solid
(40 mg). mp 114-115 °C. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 7.28-7.38 (m, 2H), 6.92-7.06(m,
2H), 4.35-4.48(m, 2H), 3.25-3.30 (s, 2H). HRMS Calcd for C9Hι2FN2O [M+H]+
183.0928. Found 183.0924.
Example 3G 2-amino-N-pyridin-3-ylmethylacetamide (a compound embraced by general formula IX)
Figure imgf000109_0002
[00219] . A solution of Boc-Gly-OH (1.73 g, 9.9 mmol) and 1,3- diisopropylcarbodiimide (2.0 ml, 12.8 mmol) in D?MF (20 ml) was stined at room temperature for 5 min. To this solution was added 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt; 1.74 g, 12.8 mmol), followed by 3-aminomethyl pyridine (1.0 ml, 9.9 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined at room temperature overnight. The solid formed was filtered. The filtrate was washed with H2O (2 x 50 ml), saturated NaHCO3 (2 x 50 ml), and brine (100 ml), and then dried over Na2SO4. Ater the removal of solvent, the residue was purified via column chromatography (silica gel, CH2Cl2:EtOAc:MeOH = 3:2:0.03) to give the pure product (2.2g, 85%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 8.59-8.76 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.85 (m, IH),- 7.24-7.38 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.56 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.84 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.42
pa-958577 108 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000110_0001
[00220] A mixture of [(pyridine-3-ylmethyl-carbamoyl)-methyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.5 g, 5.65 mmol) in 40 ml 20% TFA in CH2C12 was stined for 30 min, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with ether twice, and lyophilized to give a white powder (1.58g, 80%). mp: 87-88°C. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 8.58-8.76 (m, 2H), 8.35-8.42 (m, IH), 7.88-8.02(m, 2H), 4.52-4.6 (s, 2H), 3.68-3.72(s, 2H). HRMS (ESI-TOF) Calcd for C8Hι2N3O (MH+) 166.0975. Found 166.0971.
Example 3H 2-amino-N-(3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyl)acetamide (a compound embraced by formula IX-a)
Figure imgf000110_0002
DIPCDI/HOBt
Figure imgf000110_0003
[00221] Synthesis of [(3-Fluoro~5-trifluoromethyl-benzylcarbamoyl)-methyl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: A solution of Boc-Gly-OH (0.36 g, 2 mmol), 1,3- diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.42 mL, 2.6 mmol), and HOBt (0.36 g, 2.6 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was stined at room temperature for 5 mins, then was treated with 3-fluoro-5- trifluoromethyl-benzylamine (0.3 mL, 2 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stined at room temperature overnight. The solid formed was filtered off, and the filtrate
pa-958577 109 was washed with H2O (2 x 50 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (2 x 50 mL), and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified on column chromatography (silica gel, 40% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide the pure product (0.69 g, 96%). Η NMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 9H), 3.83 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 5.07-5.24 (br s, IH), 6.72-6.88 (br s, IH), 7.16-7.41 (m, 3H). ESMS m/z 373 (M+Na)+.
Figure imgf000111_0001
[00222] 2-amino-N-(3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyl)acetamide trifluoroacetate:
A solution of [(3-fluoro-5- trifluoromethyl-benzylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester (0.68 g, 1.94 mmol) in 20% TFA in CH2C12 (40 mL) was stined at room temperature for 30 mins, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with ether twice to give a white powder (0.69 g, 99%). mp: 189.5°C— 190.5°C. 1H NMR (D2O, 300MHz) δ 3.71 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 7.11-7.36 (m, 3H). ESMS m/z 251 (M+H)+. Calcd. for C.i2HιιF7N2θ3: C: 39.57; H: 3.04; N: 7.69. Found: C: 39.32; H: 3.36; N: 7.72.
Example 31 3-[2-(3-chlorophenyl)ethyl]-3-pyrroline, a compound embraced by formula III
pa-958577 110
Figure imgf000112_0001
[00223] 1-Phenylsulfonylpyrrole. A solution of benzenesulfonyl chloride (1.92 mL, 15.0 mmol) in toluene (15.0 mL) was added over a period of 15 min to a mixture of pynole (0.69 mL, 10.0 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bisulfate (0.34 g, 1.0 mmol), and 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide (10.0 mL) in toluene (30.0 mL). The mixture was stined at room temperature, and the reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography. After stirring at room temperature for 3 h, TLC showed that the reaction was completed. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 30% CH2Cl2/hexane) to yield 1.81 g (87%) of a white solid. M.p. 86-87 °C; 1H ?NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.30 (m, 2H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.84 (m, IH), 7.87 (m, IH).
[00224] 3-(3-Chlorophenyl)acetyl-l-phenylsulfonylpyrrole. A solution of 3- chlorophenylacetic acid (0.85 g, 5.0 mmol) and thionyl chloride (3.0 mL) in CH2C12 (17.0 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h, then cooled to room temperature and added to a suspension of aluminum chloride (1.12 g, 8.4 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (3.0 mL) stirring at room temperature. After 15 min, a solution of 1-phenylsulfonylpynole (0.87 g,
4.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (3.0 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was stined at room temperature. The reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography. After 2 h, the mixture was poured over ice water and extracted with CH2C12 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The cmde product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane 15-30%) to afford 1.33 g (88%) of a white solid. M.p. 106-108 °C; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.00 (s, 2H), 6.70 (dd, J= 1.6,
3.3 Hz, IH), 7.12 (m, IH), 7.14 (dd, J= 2.2, 3.3 Hz, IH), 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.77 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.91 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) 381.8 (M* + Na).
pa-958577 111 [00225] 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)ethyl-2, 5-dihydro-l-phenylsulfonylpyrroline. Solid sodium cyanoborohydride (0.50 g, 8.35 mmol) was added very slowly to trifluoroacetic acid (10.0 mL) at room temperature. After 15 min, the acylated pynole was added to the mixture, which was stined for 1 h at room temperature. At this time, additional sodium cyanoborohydride (0.50 g, 8.35 mmol) was added very slowly, and the reaction mixture was stined overnight. The reaction was quenched with water, then extracted with CH2C12 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated NaHCO3 (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The cmde product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane 10- 20%) to afford 0.28 g (29%) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 5.28 (quint, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.94 (m, IH), 7.08 (br s, IH), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.83 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) 348.0 (M+ + H+), 370.0 (M+ + Na).
[00226] 3-[2-(3-chlorophenyl) ethyl] -3-pyrroline hydrochloride. Sodium is stined with a solution of anthracene in anhydrous THF (50.0 mL) for 1 h. The solution becomes dark blue and all the sodium is consumed. To a solution of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)ethyl-2,5- dihydro-1-phenylsulfonylpynoline in THF (5.0 mL) at 0 °C is added drop wise the solution of sodium anthracene. The mixture remains blue for lmin then water is added. The reaction mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product in neutral form is isolated via column chromatography (alumna, 2-5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) and is converted into HCl salt by treating with HCl/ether and recrystallization from ethanol/ether.
Additional compounds embraced by formula III [00227] By using the protocol above, but substituting 3-fluorophenylacetic acid in place of 3-chlorophenylacetic acid, 3-[2-(3-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-pynoline hydrochloride (compound III-l) was produced. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.38 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 5.38 (s, IH), 6.83-7.01 (m, 3H), 7.18- 7.23 (m, IH). LCMS: m/e 192.1 (M++l). Calcd for Cι2H,5ClFNO: C; 63.30; H; 6.64; N; 6.15. Found: C; 63.42; H; 6.58; N; 6.20.
pa-958577 112 [00228] By using the protocol above, but substituting 4-fluorophenylacetic acid in place of 3-chlorophenylacetic acid, 3-[2-(4-fluoroρhenyl)ethyl]-3-pynoline hydrochloride (compound III-2)was produced. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.36 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H)71.Z1 (s, 2H), 5.36 (s, IH), 6.94 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (t, 7=^*3 Hz.^H). LCMS: m/e 192.1 (M++l). Calcd for C,2H,5CIFNO: C; 63.30; H; 6.64; N; 6.15. Found: C; 63.24; H; 6.81; N; 6.22. _,
[00229] By using the protocol above, but substituting 3-methoxyphenylacetic acid in place of 3-chlorophenylacetic acid, 3-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethyl}-3-pynoline hydrochloride (compound III-3) was produced. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.37 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 5.37 (s, IH), 6.71-6.83 (m, 3H), 7.18 (t, J= 6 Hz, IH). LCMS: m/e 204.0 (M++l). Calcd for Cι3Hι8ClNO: C; 65.13; H; 7.57; N; 5.84. Found: C; 65.02; H; 7.42; N; 5.89. [00230] By using the protocol above, but substituting 4-methoxyphenylacetic acid in place of 3-chlorophenylacetic acid, 3-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-3-pynoline hydrochloride (compound III-4) was produced. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.34 (t, J=
5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 5.36 (br s, IH), 6.83 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H). LCMS: m/e 204.0 (M++1). Calcd for Cι3Hι8ClNO: C; 65.13; H; 7.57; N; 5.84. Found: C; 64.90; H; 7.86; N; 5.87. [00231] By using the protocol above, but substituting 3,4-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid in place of 3-chlorophenylacetic acid, 3-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]-3-pynoline hydrochloride (compound III-5) was produced. 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.56 (t, J=
7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (t, J- 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 5.57 (br s, IH), 6.93 (dd, j = 2.1, 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.98-7.09 (m, 2H). LCMS: m/e 234.4 (M++l). Calcd for Cι4H20ClNO2*0.7 H2O: C; 59.55; H; 7.64; N; 96. Found: C; 59.40; H; 7.65; N; 4.83.
[00232] The compounds above (III-l , III-2, III-3, III-4, III-5) were evaluated by the radiolabeled benzylamine procedure in Example 4 for their ability to inhibit SSAO. The results are shown in Example 22 and Table II.
Example 3J
pa-958577 113 Compounds of general formula III where n3b — 2 and Rj4 = O [00233] Using the general method described in the specification, the following compounds were prepared:
[00234] 3-[(3-βuorophenoxy)methylJ 1, 2, 5, 6-tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride
(compound III-6) (using 3-fluorophenol as the phenolic compound in the synthesis): 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.33 (br s 2H), 3.19 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 6.01 (br s, IH), 6.61-6.75 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.24 (m, IH). LCMS: m/e 208.0 (M++l). Calcd for d2Hι5ClFNO: C; 59.14; H; 6.20; N; 5.75. Found: C; 59.11; H; 6.20; N; 6.04. [00235] 3-[(4-fluorophenoxy)methyl] 1 ,2,5 , 6-tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride
(compound III-7) (using 4-fluorophenol as the phenolic compound in the synthesis): 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.11 (br s 2H), 3.19 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 6.02 (br s, IH), 6.86-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.97-7.03 (m, 2H). LCMS: m/e 208.0 (M++l). Calcd for Cι2Hι5ClFNO: C; 59.14; H; 6.20; N; 5.75. Found: C; 58.92; H; 6.16; N; 5.96. [00236] 3-[(3-methoxyphenoxy)methyl) '1,2,5, 6-tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride
(compound IΪI-8) (using 3-methoxyphenol as the phenolic compound in the synthesis): 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.33 (br s 2H), 3.22 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 6.02 (br s, IH), 6.48-6.81 (m, 3H), 7.18 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, IH). LCMS: m/e 220.0 (M++l). Calcd for d3Hι8ClNO2: C; 61.05; H; 7.09; N; 5.48. Found: C; 60.54; H; 6.99; N; 5.67.
[00237] 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl] 1 ,2,5, 6-tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride
(compound III-9) (using 4-methoxyphenol as the phenolic compound in the synthesis): 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.33 (br s 2H), 3.22 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 5.99 (br s, IH), 6.80-6.91 (m, 4H). LCMS: m/e 220.0 (M++l). Calcd for Cι3H,8ClNO2: C; 61.05; H; 7.09; N; 5.48. Found: C; 60.65; H; 7.09; N; 5.64. [00238] 3-[(3,4-dimethoxyphenoxy)methylJ 1,2, 5, 6-tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride(compoxmd 111-10) (using 3,4-dimethoxyphenol as the phenolic compound in the synthesis): 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 2.31 (br s 2H), 3.19 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 6.00 (br s, IH), 6.48 (dd, J= 2.7, 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.61 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, IH), 6.86 )d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH). LCMS: m/e 250.0 (M++l). Calcd for C,3Hι8ClNO2: C; 58.84; H; 7.05; N; 4.90. Found: C; 58.76; H; 6.98; N; 5.14.
pa-958577 114 [00239] The compounds above (III-6, III-7, III-8, III-9, III-l 0) were evaluated by the radiolabeled benzylamine procedure in Example 4 for their ability to inhibit SSAO. The results are shown in Example 22 and Table II.
Example 4 In vitro inhibition of SSAO activity [00240] SSAO activity was also measured as described (Lizcano JM. Et al. (1998)
Biochem J. 331 :69). Briefly, rat lung homogenates were prepared by chopping the freshly removed tissue into small pieces and washing them thoroughly in PBS. The tissue was then homogenized 1:10 (w/v) in 10 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.8) and centrifuged at lOOOg at 4°C for 10 minutes; the supernatant was kept frozen until ready to use. SSAO activity in 100 ul of lung homogenate was determined radiochemically using 20 uM 14C-benzylamine as substrate. The reaction was canied out at 37°C in a final volume of 300 ul of 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) and stopped with 100 ul of 2 M citric acid. Radioactively labeled products were extracted into toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1, v/v) containing 0.6% (w/v) 2,5-diphenyloxdazole (PPO) before liquid scintillation counting.
[00241] SSAO activity can also be measured using the coupled colorimetric method essentially as described for monoamine oxidase and related enzymes (Holt A. et al. (1997) Anal. Biochem. 244:384). Bovine plasma amine oxidase (PAO) (Worthington Biochemical, Lakewood, NJ) is used as a source of SSAO for activity measurements. The SSAO assay is performed in 96 well microtitre plates as follows. A pre-determined amount of inhibitor diluted in 0.2 M potassium phosphate buffer, pH 7.6, is added to each well, if required. The amount of inhibitor varies in each assay but is generally at a final concentration of between 10 nM and 10 μM. Controls lack inhibitor. In order to study the effects of potential inhibitors, 50 μl of inhibitor solution are preincubated for 30 min at 37°C with 0.4 mU of PAO in a total volume of 130 μl of 0.2 M potassium phosphate buffer pH 7.6. Assays are then started by addition of 20 μl 10 mM benzylamine substrate and incubated for 20 min at 37°C. The following reagents are then added to a final reaction volume of 200 μl, 50 μl of freshly made chromogenic solution containing 750
pa-958577 115 nM vanillic acid (Sigma # V-2250), 400 nM 4-aminoantipyrine (Sigma # A-4328) and 12 U/ml horseradish peroxidase (Sigma # P-8250) in order to cause a change of 0.5 OD A490 per hour. This is within the linear response range of the assay. The plates are incubated for 1 hr at 37°C and the increase in absorbance, reflecting SSAO activity, is measured at 490 nm using a microplate spectrophotometer (Power Wave 40, Bio-Tek Inst.). Inhibition is determined as percent inhibition compared to control after conecting for background absorbance and IC50 values, and is calculated using GraphPad Prism software.
Example 5 Comparison of inhibition of the SSAO activity of SSAO/VAP-1 versus MAO-A andMAO- B activities.
[00242] The specificity of the different SSAO inhibitors was tested by determining their ability to inhibit MAO-A and MAO-B activities in vitro. Recombinant human MAO-A and human MAO-B enzymes were obtained from BD Biosciences (MA, USA). MAO activities were measured in a similar way as for SSAO except that no pre- incubation with inhibitor or substrate was performed. A pre-determined amount of inhibitor diluted in 0.2 M potassium phosphate buffer, pH 7.6, was added to each well, if required. The amount of inhibitor varied in each assay but was generally at a final concentration of between 50 nM and 1 mM. Controls lacked inhibitor. The following agents were then added to a final reaction volume of 200 μl in 0.2 M potassium phosphate buffer, pH 7.6: 0.04 mg/ml of MAO-A or 0.07 mg/ml MAO-B enzyme, 15 μl of 10 mM tyramine substrate (for MAO-A), or 15 μl 100 mM benzylamine substrate (for MAO-B), and 50 μl of freshly made chromogenic solution (as above). The plates were incubated for 60 min at 37°C. The increase in absorbance, reflecting MAO activity, was measured at 490 nm using microplate spectrophotometer (Power Wave 40, Bio-Tek Inst.). Inhibition was determined as percent inhibition compared to control after conecting for background absorbance and IC50 values, and was calculated using GraphPad Prism software. Clorgyline and pargyline (inhibitors of MAO-A and -B,
pa-958577 116 respectively) at 0.5 and 10 μM, respectively, were added to some wells as positive controls for MAO inhibition.
[00243] This procedure was used to screen for compounds which are specific inhibitors of SSAO activity. Example 23 provides data for several compounds of the invention.
Example 6 Acute Toxicity Studies [00244] Oral (p.o.) and intravenous (i.v.) LD5o values for the compounds of the invention, as well as mofegiline (Ml)
Figure imgf000118_0001
are determined in mice. Six-week old C57B1/6 female mice are divided in groups of five and administered a single i.v., p.o. or i.p. injection of compound dissolved in PBS (10- 100 mg kg in 100 μl i.v.; 30-1000 mg/kg p.o.; 30-500 mg/kg in 200 μl i.p.). Control groups are administered the same volume of PBS p.o. or i.v. Appearance and overt behavior are noted daily, and body weight is measured before compoxmd administration (Day 1) and on Days, 3, 5 and 7. After seven days, animals are euthanized and their liver, spleen and kidneys are weighed.
Example 7 Inhibition of collagen-induced arthritis in mice [00245] Collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) in mice is widely used as an experimental model for rheumatoid arthritis (RA) in humans. CIA is mediated by autoantibodies to a particular region of type II collagen and complement. The murine CIA model to be used in this study is called antibody-mediated CIA, and can be induced
pa-958577 117 by i.v. injection of a combination of different anti-type II collagen monoclonal antibodies (Terato K., et al. (1995). Autoimmunity. 22:137). Several compounds have been used to successfully block inflammation in this model, including anti-αlβl and anti-α2β2 mtegrins monoclonal antibodies (de Fougerolles A.R. (2000) J. Clin. Invest. 105: 721). [00246] In this example, arthrogen-collagen-induced arthritis antibody kits are purchased from Chemicon International (Temecula, CA) and arthritis is induced using the manufacturer's protocol. Mice are injected i.v. with a cocktail of 4 anti-collagen Type II monoclonal antibodies (0.5 mg each) on day 0, followed by i.p. injection of 25 μg lipopolysaccharide (LPS) on day 3. Mice will develop swollen wrists, ankles, and digits 3-4 days after LPS injection, with disease incidence of 90% by day 7. Severity of arthritis in each limb is scored for 12 days as follows: 0 = normal; 1 = mild redness, slight swelling of ankle or wrist; 2 = moderate redness and swelling of ankle or wrist; 3 = severe redness and swelling of some digits, ankle and paw; 4 = maximally inflamed limb. Animals are divided in 3 groups of 6 animals: vehicle, methotrexate (MTX)-treated, and compound-treated. Animals in the vehicle group are injected i.p. with phosphate buffer saline (PBS), twice daily for 12 days (starting on day 0). MTX (3 mg kg) is administered i.p. starting on day 0 and continuing three times a week (Mon., Weds., Fri.) for the duration of the experiment.
Example 8 Inhibition of experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice by SSAO inhibitors — mofegiline (allylamine compound) [00247] SSAONAP-1 is expressed on the endothelium of inflamed tissues/organs including brain and spinal cord. Its ability to support lymphocyte transendothelial migration may be an important systemic function of SSAO/NAP-1 in inflammatory diseases such as multiple sclerosis and Alzheimer's disease. An analysis of the use of SSAO inhibitors to treat inflammatory disease of the central nervous system (CΝS) was performed through the use of an experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis model (EAE) in C57BL/6 mice. EAE in rodents is a well-characterized and reproducible animal model of multiple sclerosis in human (Benson J.M. et al. (2000) J. Clin. Invest.
pa-958577 118 106:1031). Multiple sclerosis is a chronic immune-mediated disease of the CNS characterized by pachy perivenular inflammatory infiltrates in areas of demyelination and axonal loss. As an animal model, EAE can be induced in mice by immunization with encephalitogenic myelin antigens in the presence of adjuvant. The pathogenesis of EAE comprises presentation of myelin antigens to T cells, migration of activated T cells to the CNS, and development of inflammation and/or demyelination upon recognition of the same antigens.
[00248] To examine the role of SS AO/VAP- 1 as a maj or regulator of the lymphocyte recraitment to the CNS, mofegiline (Ml), an allylamine and SSAO inhibitor, was evaluated in an EAE model.
Figure imgf000120_0001
[00249] Thirty female C57BL/6 mice were immunized subcutaneously (s.c). with myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein 35-55 (MOG peptide 35-55) in Complete Freund Adjuvant (CFA) on day 0, followed by i.p. injections of pertussis toxin (one pertussis toxin injection on day 0, a second pertussis toxin injection on day 2). Groups of 10 mice received either the allylamine compound mofegiline (Ml, 10 mg/kg/dose, twice daily for 18 consecutive days), methotrexate (MTX, 2.5 mg/kg/day, every other day (Mom, Weds., Fri.) till day 18) or vehicle control (twice/day for 18 consecutive days) all starting from one day after the immunization and all administered i.p. Then animals were monitored for body weight, signs of paralysis and death according to a 0-5 scale of scoring system as follows: 1 = limp tail or waddling gait with tail tonicity; 2 = waddling gait with limp tail (ataxia); 2.5 = ataxia with partial limb paralysis; 3 = full paralysis of one limb; 3.5 = full paralysis of one limb with partial paralysis of second limb; 4 = full paralysis of two limbs; 4.5 = moribund; 5 = death. Results are shown in Fig. 1 A, Fig. IB, and Fig. IC. Compared with the vehicle-treated group during the dosing period (up to day 18), that showed an 80% disease incidence and moderate clinical severity, mofegiline-treated mice resulted in a statistically significant reduction of disease severity with 50% of mice
pa-958577 119 affected, (p = 0.04 by repeated measure analysis to assess the treatment effect. Proper polynomial transformation, with the spacing conesponding to the collection days, was applied to test the time effect). Statistically significant differences in diseases severity between the Ml and vehicle-treated groups, continued even after stopping compound administration and were observed until the end of the study (d25). [00250] As expected, the loss of body weight is coπelated with the clinical severity in vehicle-control mice; and mofegiline treatment also prevented body weight loss in the mice during the dosing period (p = 0.04). In addition, the inhibitory effect of mofegiline on the EAE development was continuously observed for at least one more week after the last treatment (dl9-25). MTX-treated mice exhibited a similar inhibitory effect during the treatment period (d0-18). However, a rise in disease incidence and severity was observed right after stopping the MTX treatment (Fig. 1 A). There was no statistically significant difference (p = 0.8 and p = 0.38, for clinical severity and body weight, respectively) between the groups treated with MTX and mofegiline during or after the dosing period.
Example 8B Inhibition of relapsing experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice by VAP-1/SSAO inhibitor (model of chronic multiple sclerosis).
[00251] An analysis of the use of VAP-1/SSAO inhibitors to treat inflammatory diseases of the CNS is performed through the use of a relapsing experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis model (EAE) in S JL/J mice. Relapsing EAE in mice is a well-characterized and reproducible animal model of multiple sclerosis in humans (Brown & McFarlin 1981 Lab. Invest. 45:278-284; McRae et al 1992 J. Neuroimmunol. 38:229-240). Multiple sclerosis is a chronic immune-mediated disease of the CNS characterized by pachy perivenular inflammatory infiltrates in areas of demyelination and axonal loss. As an animal model, chronic relapsing EAE can be induced in mice by immunization with encephalitogenic myelin antigen in the presence of adjuvant. The pathogenesis of EAE comprises presentation of myelin antigens to T cells, migration of
pa-958577 120 activated T cells to the CNS, and development of inflammation and/or demyelination upon recognition of the same antigens.
[00252] Vascular adhesion protein-1 (VAP-1) is an amine oxidase and adhesion receptor that is expressed on the endothelium of inflamed tissues/organs including brain and spinal cord. Its ability to support lymphocyte transendothelial migration may be an important systemic function of VAP-1 in inflammatory disorders such as multiple sclerosis and Alzheimer's disease.
[00253] To examine the role of VAP-1 as a major regulator of lymphocyte recraitment to the CNS, VAP-1/SSAO inhibitors are evaluated in a chronic relapsing EAE model. Twenty 7-8 week old female SJL/J mice are immunized s.c. with 50 μg of mouse PLP peptide 139-151 in Complete Freund Adjuvant (CFA), followed by two i.p. injections of 200 ng pertussis toxin. Groups of 10 mice are to receive i.p. either vehicle control (PBS, 0.1 ml) or a VAP-1/SSAO inhibitor, bid for 53 consecutive days, all starting from one day after the immunization.
[00254] Animals are monitored for signs of paralysis according to a 0-5 scale of scoring system as follows:
" 0.5 partial tail weakness 1 limp tail or waddling gait with tail tonicity; 1.5 waddling gait with partial tail weakness 2 waddling gait with limp tail (ataxia); 2.5 ataxia with partial limb paralysis; 3 full paralysis of one limb; 3.5 full paralysis of one limb with partial paralysis of second limb; 4 full paralysis of two limbs; 4.5 moribund; 5 death.
pa-958577 121 Example 9 Inhibition of carrageenan-induced rat paw edema [00255] Canageenan-induced paw edema has been extensively used in the evaluation of anti-inflammatory effects of various therapeutic agents and is a useful experimental system for assessing the efficacy of compounds to alleviate acute inflammation (Whiteley PE and Dalrymple SA, 1998. Models of inflammation: canageenan-induced paw edema in the rat, in Cunent Protocols in Pharmacology. Enna SJ, Williams M, Ferkany JW, Kenaki T, Porsolt RE and Sullivan JP, eds., pp 5.4.1-5.4.3, John Wiley & Sons, New York). The full development of the edema is neutrophil- dependent (Salvemini D. et al. (1996) Br. J. Pharmacol. 118: 829). [00256] Female Sprague Dawley rats were used and compounds of the invention were injected i.p. or dosed orally. prior to canageenan exposure. An equal volume of vehicle (PBS) was administered to the control group. Edema in the paws was induced as previously described by injecting 50 μl of a 0.5% solution of canageenan (Type IV Lambda, Sigma) in saline with a 27-G needle s.c. in the right foot pat. (See Whiteley P.E. and Dalrymple S.A. (1998), Models of inflammation: canageenan-induced paw edema in the rat, in Cunent Protocols in Pharmacology. Enna S J, Williams M, Ferkany JW, Kenaki T, Porsolt RE and Sullivan JP, eds., pp 5.4.1-5.4.3, John Wiley & Sons, New York) The size of the tested foot of each animal was measured volumetrically, before induction of edema, and at 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 hours after canageenan induction, to screen for compounds which inhibit the development of edema as compared to control animals. [00257] The results of an experiment where three compounds of Example 21 ,
Table I (LJP 1379, LJP 1383, LJP 1406) were used are shown in Fig. 2A, Fig. 2B, and Fig. 2C. In Fig. 2A, animals were administered LJP 1379 (30 mg/kg, p.o.); LJP 1383 (30 mg/kg, p.o.), or PBS one hour before canageenan injection. Paw volumes were recorded at the indicated times and expressed as percent of the volume before injection (100%). Data are shown as mean + SEM (n = 8). Statistical analysis was performed using oneway ANOVA followed by Dunnetts test, *p < 0.005, **ρ < 0.001. In Fig. 2B, animals were administered LJP 1406 (30 mg/kg, p.o.) or PBS one hour before canageenan injection. Paw volumes were recorded at the indicated times and expressed as percent of the volume before injection (100%). Data are shown as mean + SEM (n = 8). Statistical
pa-958577 122 analysis was performed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dunnetts test, *p < 0.005, **ρ < 0.001. In Fig. 2C, animals were administered LJP 1379 (30 mg/kg, i.p.) or PBS one hour before canageenan injection. Paw volumes were recorded at the indicated times and expressed as percent of the volume before injection (100%). Data are shown as mean + SEM (n = 8). Statistical analysis was performed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dunnetts test, *ρ < 0.005, **p < 0.001. Data were analyzed with GraphPad Prism software (San Diego, Ca) by Dunnett's test following analysis of variance (p < 0.05). [00258] Oral administration of LJP 1383 (Fig. 2A) and LJP 1406 (Fig. 2B) at 30 mg/kg significantly reduced the paw swelling at all time points tested. Administration of LJP 1379 was only effective when dosed i.p., (Fig. 2C; compare to Fig. 2A) suggesting that this compound may not be orally available in the manner used for oral administration in this experiment. These results indicate that these compounds of the invention inhibit the development of edema as compared to control animals, and can be further evaluated for use as anti-inflammatory therapeutics.
Example 10 Inhibition of chemically-induced colitis [00259] 2,4,6-trinitrobenzene sulfonic acid (TlSfBS)-induced colitis and dextran sodium sulfate (DSS)-induced colitis are TH1 -mediated mouse models of colitis related to Crohn's disease. Compounds acting through various mechanisms have been demonstrated to be effective in these models, including prednisolone, anti IL-16, anti- ICAM, and anti-integrin, among many others (Strober W. et al (2002) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 20: 495). Oxazolone-induced colitis is a TH2-mediated process that closely resembles ulcerative colitis and is responsive to anti-IL4 therapy (Boirivant M. et al. (1998) J. Ex. Med 188: 1929).
[00260] T?NBS colitis is induced as described (Fuss I. J. et al. (2002) J. Immunol.
168: 900). Briefly, 2.5 mg/ mouse of TNBS (pH 1.5-2, Sigma) in 50% ETOH is administered intrarectally in anesthetized SJL/J male mice through a 3.5 F catheter inserted 4 cm proximal to the anal verge. TlSEBS-injected mice are divided in three treatment groups and injected i.p. twice a day with: PBS; prednisolone (5 mg kg) and a
pa-958577 123 compound of the invention (at, e.g., 20 mg/kg). Injections are initiated at day 0 (day of T?NBS injection) and are continued through day 7.
[00261] Oxazolone colitis is induced as described (Fuss I.J. et al. B (2002) J.
Immunol. 168: 900). Briefly, mice are pre-sensitized by skin epicutaneous application of 3% oxazolone (4-ethoxymethylene-2-phenyl-2oxazolin-5-one, Sigma) in 100% EtOH (150 μl) on day 0, followed by intrarectal administration of 1% oxazolone in 50% EtOH (100 μl) to anesthetized SJL/J male mice on day 5 through a 3.5 F catheter inserted 4 cm proximal to the anal verge. Mice are divided in three treatment groups and injected i.p. twice a day with: PBS, prednisolone (5 mg/kg) and a compound of the invention (at, e.g., 20 mg/kg). Injections are initiated at day 0 and are continued through day 14. [00262] Colitis is also induced by feeding Balb/c mice with 5% (wt/vol) DSS (ICN
Biomedicals Inc., Ohio, USA) for 7 days as described (Okayasu I. et al. (1990) Gastroenterology 98: 694). Mice are divided in three treatment groups and injected i.p. twice a day with: PBS, prednisolone (5 mg/kg) and a compound of the invenvion (at, e.g., 20 mg/kg). Injections are initiated at day 0 (first day of DSS feeding) and are continued through day 7. [00263] Disease progression is evaluated in all models by monitoring body weight, stool consistency, presence of blood in stool, histologic analysis of colon tissues sections, and monitoring levels of several cytokines. [00264] This procedure is used to screen for compounds which inhibit the development of colitis as compared to control animals.
Example 11 Inhibition of concanavalin A-induced liver injury [00265] Prevention of inflammation by administration of compounds of the invention is assessed in the concanavalin A (Con A) murine model of liver injury. Con A activates T lymphocytes and causes T cell-mediated hepatic injury in mice. Tumor necrosis factor alpha is a critical mediator in this experimental model. T-cell-mediated liver injury involves the migration of immune cells, notably CD4+ T lymphocytes, into liver tissue. Balb/c mice are inoculated with 10 mg/kg concanavalin A administered i.v.
pa-958577 124 in 200 μl pyro gen-free saline as described (Willuweit A. et al. (2001) J Immunol. 167:3944). Previous to Con A administration, animals are separated into treatment groups and injected i.p with: PBS, and different concentrations of compound of the invention (e.g., 20 mg/kg). Liver damage is evaluated by determining serum levels of liver enzymes such as transaminase and alkaline phosphatase, hepatic histopathology, and levels of of different inflammatory cytokines in plasma and liver tissue. [00266] This procedure is used to screen for compounds which inhibit the development of liver damage as compared to control animals.
Example 12 Effect of compounds of the invention in a mouse model of Alzheimer 's disease [00267] Alzheimer's disease (AD) is characterized clinically by a dementia of insidious onset and pathologically by the presence of numerous neuritic plaques and neurofibrillary tangles. The plaques are composed mainly of β-amyloid (Aβ) peptide fragments, derived from processing of the amyloid precursor protein (APP). Tangles consist of paired helical filaments composed of the microtubule- associated protein, tau. Transgenic mice carrying a pathogenic mutation in APP show marked elevation of Aβ- protein level and Aβ deposition in the cerebral cortex and hippocampus from approximately 1 year of age (Hsiao K. et al. (1996) Science 274:99). Mutant PS-1 transgenic mice do not show abnormal pathological changes, but do show subtly elevated levels ofthe AB42/43 peptide (Duff K, et al. (1996) Nature 383:710). Transgenic mice derived from a cross between these mice (PS/APP) show markedly accelerated accumulation of Aβ into visible deposits compared with APP singly transgenic mice (Holcomb L. et al. (1998) Nat Med 4:97). Further, a recent study indicates that in these mice, inflammatory responses may be involved in the Aβ depositions (Matsuoka Y. et al. (2001) Am J Pathol. 158(4):1345).
[00268] The PS/APP mouse, therefore, has considerable utility in the study ofthe amyloid phenotype of AD and is used in studies to assess efficacy ofthe compounds of the invention to treat Alzheimer's patients. Mice are injected with vehicle (e.g., PBS) or a compound ofthe invention (at, e.g., 10-20 mg/kg), and are evaluated by analysis of
pa-958577 ' 125 \ memory deficits, histological characteristics of sample tissues, and other indicators of disease progression.
Alternate Alzheimer's model: Assessing efficacy in amyloid-B -induced autoimmune encephalitis
[00269] The abnormal processing and extracellular deposition of amyloid-B (Aβ) peptide, is a defining characteristic of Alzheimer's disease (AD). Recent evidence suggests that vaccination of transgenic mouse models of AD with Aβ causes a marked reduction in brain amyloid burden (e.g. Schenk D et al. (1999) Nature 400:173). Moreover, a recently published report suggests that vaccination with Aβ can, in certain circumstances, determine an abenant autoimmune reaction to Aβ within the CNS, resulting in a perivenular inflammatory encephalomyelitis (Furlan R et al (2003) Brain 126:285).
[00270] Evaluation ofthe efficacy of compounds ofthe invention is canied out in the Aβ-induced autoimmune encephalomyelitis model. Thirty female C57BL/6 mice are immunized subcutaneously (s.c). with 100 μg of Aβ 1-42 peptide in Complete Freund Adjuvant (CFA) on day 0, followed by i.p. injections of pertussis toxin (one pertussis toxin injection on day 0, a second pertussis toxin injection on day 2). Groups of 10 mice receive either a compound ofthe invention (10 mg/kg/dose, twice daily for 18 consecutive days), methotrexate (2.5 mg/kg/day, three times a week, till day 18) or vehicle control (twice/day for 18 consecutive days), all starting from one day after the immunization and all administered i.p. Then animals are monitored for body weight, signs of paralysis and death according to a 0-5 scale of scoring system as follows: 1 = limp tail or waddling gait with tail tonicity; 2 = waddling gait with limp tail (ataxia); 2.5 = ataxia with partial limb paralysis; 3 = full paralysis of one limb; 3.5 = full paralysis of one limb with partial paralysis of second limb; 4 = full paralysis of two limbs; 4.5 = moribund; 5 = death.
pa-958577 126 Example 13 Effect of compounds ofthe invention in murine models of Type I diabetes mellitus [00271] It is widely accepted that proinflammatory cytokines play an important role in the development of type 1 diabetes. Thus, compounds ofthe invention can be used to treat patients suffering from this disease. A mouse with diabetes induced by multiple low doses of streptozotocin (STZ) can be used as an animal model for type 1 diabetes. STZ is used to induce diabetes in C57BL/6J mice. Briefly, STZ (40 mg/kg) or citrate buffer (vehicle) is given i.p. once daily for 5 consecutive days as described (Carlsson P.O. et al. (2000) Endocrinology. 141(8):2752). Compound administration (i.p. 10 mg/kg, twice a day) is started 5 days before STZ injections and continues for 2 weeks. Another widely used model is the NOD mouse model of autoimmune type 1 diabetes (Wong F.S. and Janeway CA. Jr. (1999) Cun Opin Immunol. 11(6):643. Female NOD mice are treated with daily injections of a compound ofthe invention (20 mg kg/day) from week 10 through week 25. The effect ofthe compounds ofthe invention in preventing the development of insulitis and diabetes in NOD-scid/scid females after adoptive transfer of splenocytes from diabetic NOD females is also assessed. For both the STZ and NOD models, the incidence of diabetes is monitored in several ways, including monitoring of blood glucose levels. Insulin secretion is assessed in pancreatic islets isolated from experimental mice. Cytokine production is measured in mouse sera. Islet apoptosis is assessed quantitatively. [00272] This procedure is used to screen for compounds which inhibit development of diabetes as compared to control animals.
Example 14 Effect of compounds ofthe invention in models of airway inflammation. [00273] Anti-inflammatory compounds such as SSAO inhibitors can have beneficial effects in airway inflammatory conditions such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. The rodent model here described has been extensively used in efficacy studies. Other murine models of acute lung inflammation can also be used to test the compounds ofthe invention.
pa-958577 127 [00274] For the evaluation ofthe effects of SSAO inhibitors in preventing airway inflammation, three groups of sensitized rats are studied. Animals are challenged with aerosolized OVA (ovalbumin) after intraperitoneal administration of the vehicle saline, a compound ofthe invention, or a positive control (e.g. prednisone) twice daily for a period of seven days. At the end ofthe week animals are anesthetized for measurements of allergen-induced airway responses as described (Martin J.G. et al. (2002) J Immunol. 169(7):3963). Animals are intubated endotracheally with polyethylene tubing and placed on a heating pad to maintain a rectal temperature of 36°C. Airflow is measured by placing the tip ofthe endotracheal tube inside a Plexiglas box (-250 ml). A pneumotachograph coupled to a differential transducer is connected to the other end of the box to measure airflow. Animals are challenged for 5 min with an aerosol of OVA ( 5% w/v). A disposable nebulizer will be used with an output of 0.15 ml/min. Airflow is measured every 5 min for 30 min after challenge and subsequently at 15-min intervals for a total period of 8 h. Animals are then sacrificed for bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL). BAL is performed 8 h after challenge with five instillations of 5 ml of saline. The total cell count and cell viability is estimated using a hemacytometer and trypan blue stain. Slides are prepared using a Cytospin and the differential cell count is assessed with May- Grixnwald-Giemsa staining, and eosinophil counts by immunocytochemistry.
Alternate model of airway inflammation: assessing the effect of compounds ofthe invention
[00275] LPS-induced pulmonary inflammation in rats is a widely used model of airway inflammation (e.g. Billah M et al J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. (2002) 302:127). Animals fasted overnight are orally dosed with either a compound ofthe invention (30 mg/kg), or vehicle 2 h before the LPS challenge. Using a Penn-Centry microspray needle, 0.1 ml of a 100-μg/ml LPS solution in saline is injected into the trachea of anesthetized male Sprague-Dawley rats (250-300 g). Animals not challenged with the LPS solution receive 0.1 ml of saline. Afterward, all animals are returned to their cages and allowed food and water ad libitum. At appropriate time points after intratracheal challenge with LPS, animals are surgically prepared with a tracheal cannula. Surgery is
pa-958577 128 performed under anesthesia. The airways are flushed with 2 2 ml of 0.9% saline and the two washings pooled.
[00276] Lavage fluid is centrifuged (350g, 4°C, 7 min), the supernatant is aspirated, erythrocytes are lysed, and the white cell pellet is washed three times in phosphate-buffered saline containing 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf semm and 10 μg/ml DNase I. After the washes, the pellet is resuspended again in the same buffer. Total cell counts are performed using a hemacytometer. Differential cell counts are conducted on Cytospin-prepared slides stained with Fisher's Leukostat stain. At least 200 cells are assessed per slide using standard morphological criteria to define mononuclear, neutrophilic, and eosinophilic cells.
Example 15 Efficacy in model of systemic inflammatioiτ [00277] Evaluation ofthe efficacy of compounds ofthe invention is canied out in a model of endotoxemia (Pawlinski R et al. (2003) Blood 103:1342). Sixteen female C57B1/6 mice (eight to ten weeks old) are divided in two treatment groups: group A animals are administered 500 μl of PBS orally; group B animals are administered 100 mg/kg of LJP 1207 in 500 μl of PBS orally. Thirty minutes after oral administration of compound, inflammation is induced in all animals by administering i.p. 5 mg kg of LPS (Ol 11 :B4, Sigma) in PBS. Blood samples (- 50 μl) are collected from the retro-orbital sinus at 0 (before oral administration of compound), 1, 2, 4, and 8 hrs after LPS injection. Each sample is immediately diluted λA in PBS. Half of the diluted sample is used to prepare blood smear and the other 50 μl is centrifuged and serum is collected. Sera samples are used to determine ILl, IL6 and T?NFa levels by ELISA. Animal survival rates are recorded for the next 3 days.
Example 16 Inhibition of cutaneous inflammation in the SCID mouse model of psoriasis [00278] Recent establishment ofthe SCID-human skin chimeras with transplanted psoriasis plaques has opened new vistas to study the molecular complexities involved in psoriasis. This model also offers a unique opportunity to investigate various key
pa-958577 129 biological events such as cell proliferation, homing in of T cells in target tissues, inflammation and cytokine/chemokine cascades involved in an inflammatory reaction. The SCID mouse model has been used to evaluate the efficacy of several compounds for psoriasis and other inflammatory diseases (Boehncke W.H. et al. (1999) Arch Dermatol Res. 291(2-3): 104).
[00279] Transplantations are to be done as described previously (Boehncke, W.H. et al. (1994) Arch. Dermatol. Res. 286:325). Human full-thickness xenografts are transplanted onto the backs of 6- to 8-week-old C.B17 SCID mice (Charles River). For the surgical procedure, mice are anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection of 100 mg/kg ketamine and 5 mg/kg xylazine. Spindle-shaped pieces of full-thickness skin measuring 1 cm in diameter are grafted onto conesponding excisional full-thickness defects ofthe shaved central dorsum ofthe mice and fixed by 6-0 atraumatic monofilament sutures. After applying a sterile petroleum jelly-impregnated gauze, the grafts are protected from injury by suturing a skin pouch over the transplanted area using the adjacent lateral skin. The sutures and over-tied pouches are left in place until they resolve spontaneously after 2-3 weeks. Grafts are allowed 2 weeks for acceptance and healing. Thereafter, daily intraperitoneal injections are performed between days 15 and 42 after transplantation. Mice are injected with either vehicle (PBS), dexamethasone (0.2 mg/kg body weight), or a compound ofthe invention (at, e.g., 20 mg/kg body weight) in a final volume of 200 μl. Mice are sacrificed at day 42, and after excision with sunounding mouse skin the grafts are formalin-embedded. Subsequently, routine hematoxylin-and-eosin staining is performed, and the grafts are analyzed with regard to their pathological changes both qualitatively (epidermal differentiation, inflammatory infiltrate) and quantitatively (epidermal thickness).
Example 17 Oral bioavailability studies in rodents [00280] Oral bioavailability studies in mice and rats are to be performed using the following procedure. Briefly, C57B1/6 female mice and Sprague Dawley female rats are administered 50 mg/kg of different compounds ofthe invention by oral gavage. Animals are bled at different time intervals after compoxmd administration and the levels
pa-958577 130 of inhibitor in plasma are determined using the colorimetric assay described in Example 4.
Example 18 Dose-response effect from in vivo administration of SSAO/VAP-1 inhibitors [00281] In vivo inhibition of SSAO is assessed in rat aorta and lungs, two ofthe tissues where SSAO activity is highest. Six week old female Sprague Dawley rats are to be administered 0, 0.1, 1, 10 and 50 mg/kg of a compound ofthe invention in 2.5 ml/kg PBS by oral gavage. Four hours after compound administration the animals are euthanized and their aortas and lungs are removed and frozen in liquid nitrogen. Tissues are homogenized in 0.1 M potassium phosphate pH 7.8 buffer (30 ml/g for aorta and 20 ml/g for lung) and centrifuged at 1000 x g for 15 min. Supernatants are collected and used in the radioactive assay following the protocol described by Lizcano J.M. et al. (1998) Biochem. J. 331 :69. Enzymatic reactions are initiated by incubating a 200 μl aliquot ofthe tissue homogenate with 20 μl of 0.4 mM 14C-labeled benzylamine substrate (6 mCi/mmol specific activity, Pharmacia) for 30 min at RT. The assay is stopped by addition of 100 μl of 2 M citric acid, the assay volume is extracted with 5 ml toluene:ethyl acetate (1:1) containing 0.6% (w/v) 2,5-diphenyloxdazole (PPO), and an aliquot ofthe organic layer is counted by liquid scintillation. Because SSAO and MAO-B are both active towards benzylamine, control samples are ran concomitantly so that MAO-B and SSAO activities can be identified. SSAO is inhibited with 0, 10, 50 and 500 μM of semicarbazide for MAO-B determinations, and MAO-B is inhibited with 0, 5, and 100 μM of pargyline for SSAO determinations. The inhibitors are added to the tissue supernatant prior to addition of benzylamine.
Example 19 Blocking of in vitro adhesion by SSAO/VAP-1 inhibitors. [00282] These studies are carried out in order to determine whether SSAO/NAP-1 transfected into endothelial cells will retain the adhesion function and whether it plays any role in the adhesion of freshly isolated human PBMCs to these cells. Moreover, the
pa-958577 131 studies are also designed to determine whether blocking of SSAO/VAP-1 will have an impact on the level of adhesion between these two cell types. Adhesion assays are performed using cells labeled with the fluorescent dye Calcein-AM (Molecular Probes, OR, USA) as per the manufacturer's instractions. Briefly, rat lymph node high endothelial cells (HEC; isolation and culture is described in Ager, A. (1987) J. Cell Sci. 87: 133) are plated overnight in 96-well plates (2,000 cells/well). PBMCs (peripheral blood mononuclear cells) (lxlO7) are labeled with 1 ml of 10 μM Calcein-AM for 1 hr at 37°C, washed three times with RPMI, and added to the 96 well plates containing monolayers of HEC cells mock-transfected or transfected with full-length human SSAO/NAP-1 (60,000 PBMCs were plated per well containing 2,000 HEC cells). Adhesion is carried out for 3 hr at 37°C. Νon-adherent cells are removed by washing three times with ?RPMI and fluorescence is measured in a fluorescence plate reader at an excitation wavelength of 485 nm and emission wavelength of 530 nm. Several controls are to be included, such as HEC cells and PBMCs (labeled and unlabeled) alone. [00283] The next experiments are designed in order to investigate whether blocking the enzymatic catalytic site will have any effect on the adhesion function of SSAO/VAP-1, and whether or not inhibitors according to the invention will mediate an adhesion-inhibiting effect. Published results suggest that blocking SSAO enzymatic activity with semicarbazide inhibited lymphocyte rolling under laminar sheer on cardiac endothelial monolayers (Salmi et al. Immunity (2001) 14:265). These studies can thus be repeated using the adhesion assay as described above to evaluate the inhibitors ofthe invention. Adhesion blockers can include an anti-human VAP-1 monoclonal antibody (Serotec, Oxford,UK), neuramidase (a sialidase, because SSAO/VAP-1 is a sialoglycoprotein; Sigma), and several function-blocking antibodies to rat adhesion molecules (CD31- PECAM, CD54-ICAM-1, CD92P-P Selectin). Controls can include the SSAO inhibitor semicarbazide (Sigma), MAO-A and MAO-B inhibitors (clorgyline and pargyline, respectively; Sigma), and mouse IgGl and IgG2 isotype controls (BD, USA). Antibodies (10 μg/ml) and neuramidase (5 mU) are incubated with the HECs for 30 min at 37°C; excess antibody is washed away prior to the addition ofthe labeled PBMCs. Small-molecule inhibitors are pre-incubated the same way at ICioo
pa-958577 132 concentrations, but the amounts present in the supernatant are not washed away to preserve the ICioo concentration during the adhesion step.
Example 20 Inhibition of lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-induced endotoxemia [00284] In sepsis exposure of endothelial cells of all organs to elevated levels of
LPS and inflammatory cytokines leads to upregulation of adhesion molecules and chemokines, which results in an increase in the tethering, rolling and transmigration of leukocytes (Pawlinski R. et al. (2004) Blood 103:1342). LPS-induced endotoxemia is a well-characterized model of systemic inflammation and thus can be used to investigate the putative role of SSAO inhibition in these inflammatory mechanisms. Sepsis is to be induced in C57B1/6J female mice by i.p. administration of 5 mg/kg of LPS. Sixty minutes prior to LPS injections, 200 μl of vehicle (PBS) or 50 mg/kg of (2- phenylallyl)hydrazine are administered orally to the animals. Dexamethasone is administered i.p, at a concentration of 3mg kg 1 hr prior to disease induction. Blood is drawn from the retroorbital plexus of anesthetized animals and sera is collected and frozen until time of cytokine measurements. IL-1 β, T?NF-α, and IL-6 concentrations are determined by ELISA using commercial kits (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Example 21 Inhibition of SSAO enzyme activity by compounds of formula X [00285] Various compounds embraced by formula X were evaluated by the radiolabeled benzylamine procedure in Example 4. The results are shown below in Table I. Compounds LJP 1379 and LJP 1383 (both in Table I) are irreversible inhibitors of SSAO enzyme activity.
pa-958577 133 Table I hi vitro biological data for compounds of formula X
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000135_0002
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Example 22 Inhibition of SSAO enzyme activity by compounds of formula III [00286] Various compounds embraced by formula III (see Example 31 and Example 3J for the identities of these compounds) were evaluated by the radiolabeled benzylamine procedure in Example 4. The results are shown below in Table II. (Note that for this particular subset of compounds of formula III, the positions of R]2 and R13 are para and meta, respectively, to the site of attachment ofthe remainder ofthe molecule.) Compound LJP 1368 (Table II) is an ineversible inhibitor of SSAO activity.
Table II In vitro biological data for compounds of formula III
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000138_0002
pa-958577 137 Example 23 Selectivity of SSAO inhibitors for SSAO over MAO-A and MAO-B [00287] Using the protocol as outlined in Example 5, data for the inhibition of
MAO-A and MAO-B (IC50 values, in micromolar concentration) was generated. The results are shown in Table III. (See Table I for the identities of compounds LJP 1379, LJP 1383, LJP 1406, and LJP 1407; see Table II and. Examples 31 and 3J for the identity of compound LJP 1368, which conesponds to compound ΪII-3 in Example 31).
Table III Selectivity of LJP Compounds
Figure imgf000139_0001
[00288] The disclosures of all publications, patents, patent applications and published patent applications refened to herein by an identifying citation are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[00289] ■ Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, it is apparent to those skilled in the art that certain minor changes and modifications will be practiced. Therefore, the description and examples should not be constmed as limiting the scope of the invention.
pa-958577 138

Claims

What is claimed is:
A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000140_0001
wherein:
Ri is independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, or CF3; nl is independently chosen from 0, 1, 2, and 3
R2 is independently chosen from the moieties of formulas la, lb, Ic, and Id:
Figure imgf000140_0002
Figure imgf000140_0003
Id
pa-958577 139 wherein R3 and P are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3;
R5 is independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-Cι4 aralkyl;
R6 is H when R2 is chosen from la, lb, and Ic, and R6 is independently chosen from H, F,
C1-C4 alkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl, C6-Ci4 aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, and
C5-Cι4 substituted heteroaryl when R2 is Id; m is independently chosen from 0 and 1 ;
R9 is independently chosen from unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl,unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, disubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, monosubstituted heteroaryl, and disubstituted heteroaryl; and
X and Y are independently chosen from N and CH; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
2. The composition of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the formula:
Figure imgf000141_0001
wherein R A and R9B are independently either hydrogen or are selected from -C1-C4 alkyl,
F, Cl, -OH, or -O- C,-C4 alkyl;
R6 is independently chosen from F, Cι-C4 alkyl, C6-Cι0 aryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl,
C6-Cι4 aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, and C5-Cι4 substituted heteroaryl; and
Ri is independently H, Cl, F or -CF3.
3. The composition of claim 2, wherein R6 is independently -Cι-C4 alkyl or F.
pa-958577 140
4. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 1.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
6. A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000142_0001
II wherein:
Rio and R] j are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, Cι-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; n2 is independently chosen from 0, 1, 2; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
7. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 6.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
9. A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
pa-958577 141
Figure imgf000143_0001
wherein:
Ri2 and Rπ are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C,-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3;
Ri4 is independently chosen from O, S, CH2; n3a and n3b are independently chosen from 1 or 2; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
10. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 9.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
12. A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000143_0002
pa-958577 142 where ?R40 and R41 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C]-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; and n4 is independently 0, 1, or 2; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
13. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 12.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
15. A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000144_0001
where R2ι and R22 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C]-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C.-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; n5 is independently 0, 1, or 2; and R23 is independently H or Cι-C8 alkyl; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
pa-958577 143
16. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 15.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
18. A composition comprising a compound of the following formula:
Figure imgf000145_0001
where R36 and R3 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C1-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3; n6 is independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; and R31, R32, R33, R34, and R35 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H,
Cι-C4 alkyl, C3- cycloalkyl, and C6-Cι4 aralkyl; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
19. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 18.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
21. A composition comprising a compound of the following formula:
pa-958577 144
Figure imgf000146_0001
wherein R7ι and R 2 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, Ci-
C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -O-C,-C4 alkyl, Cl, F, -OH, and -CF3;
R73 is independently chosen from O, S, CH2, CHOH; n7 is independently chosen from 1, 2, and 3;
R 4 is independently chosen from the moieties of formulas Vila, Vllb, VIIc, and Vlld
Figure imgf000146_0002
Vila
Figure imgf000146_0003
Figure imgf000146_0004
VIIc Vlld
wherein R75 is independently chosen from H, C1-C4 alkyl, C7-C9 aralkyl, Cl, F, and -CF3;
R 6 is independently chosen from H, Cι-C4 alkyl; m7 is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2; and
R 9 is independently chosen from unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl,unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, disubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, monosubstituted heteroaryl, and disubstituted heteroaryl;
pa-958577 145 including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
22. The compound of claim 21, wherein R74 is Vlld and R79 is unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, or disubstituted phenyl, and the substituents on R79 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, -OH, -CF3, Cι-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and -O-C C4 alkoxy.
23. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 21.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
25. A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000147_0001
wherein R8o is independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C]-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl, and C5-Cι4 substituted heteroaryl;
X is independently chosen from the group consisting of H, ?NH2, F, Cl, C1-C4 alkyl,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι4 aralkyl, C4-C9 heteroaryl, C6-Cι6 substituted aryl, and C5-C14 substituted heteroaryl;
R89 is independently chosen from unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl, unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl,
pa-958577 146 disubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, monosubstituted heteroaryl, and disubstituted heteroaryl; and n8 is independently chosen from 0, 1, 2, and 3; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
26. The composition of claim 25, wherein R89 is unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, or disubstituted phenyl, and the substituents on R89 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, -OH, -CF3, Cι-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and -O- - alkoxy.
27. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 25.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
29. A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000148_0001
wherein R9ι is independently chosen from C6-Cιo unsubstituted aryl, C6-C]7 substituted aryl, C -Cι7 monosubstituted aryl, C6-Cι disubstituted aryl, C6-Cι7 trisubstituted aryl, C6-Cι4 aralkyl, C4-C unsubstituted heteroaryl, and G4-C15 substituted heteroaryl; R 2 is independently chosen from H, C]-C4 alkyl, C -C8 cycloalkyl, C -Cι aralkyl; R93 is independently chosen from H, F, C]-C alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C7-Cj aralkyl, C6-CJ O unsubstituted aryl, C6-Cι7 substituted aryl; R9 and R95 are independently chosen from H, Cι-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C -Cι4
pa-958577 147 aralkyl; and n9 is independently chosen from 1 and 2; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
30. The composition of claim 29, wherein R9J is independently unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, monosubstituted phenyl, disubstituted phenyl, or trisubstituted phenyl, and the substituents are independently chosen from -F, -Cl, -CF3, -OH, -Cι-C4 alkyl, and -O-Cι-C alkyl.
31. The composition of claim 29, wherein R ι is independently C4-C9 unsubstituted heteroaryl.
32. The composition of claim 29, wherein R 2 is independently chosen from H and C1-C4 alkyl.
33. The composition of claim 29, wherein R93 is independently chosen from H and C1-C4 alkyl.
34. The composition of claim 29, wherein R94 is independently chosen from H and C1-C4 alkyl.
35. The composition of claim 29, wherein R95 is independently chosen from H and C1-C4 alkyl.
36. The composition of claim 29, wherein n9 is 1.
37. The composition of claim 29 comprising a compoxmd ofthe following formula:
pa-958577 148
Figure imgf000150_0001
where Ar/HetAr is independently selected from substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted hetereoaryl, and unsubstituted heteroaryl; n9a is independently 0 or 1; and R 6 is independently selected from H, F, and Cι-C8 alkyl.
38. The composition of claim 29 comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000150_0002
wherein R ι is independently chosen from the group consisting of unsubstituted aryl, monosubstituted aryl, disubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl; and
R92 is independently chosen from the group of consisting of H, -Cι-C alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C6-Cι4 aralkyl; or
R9ι and R92 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a tetrahydropyridine, tetrahydropynole ring or 2,5-dihydropynole ring, optionally fused to an aryl or hetereoaryl ring.
39. The composition of claim 38 comprising the compound:
Figure imgf000150_0003
pa-958577 149
40. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 39.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
42. A composition comprising a compound ofthe following formula:
Figure imgf000151_0001
wherein Rioo is independently chosen from C6-Cιo unsubstituted aryl, C6-C]7 substituted aryl, C6-Ci4 aralkyl, C4-C9 unsubstituted heteroaryl, and C4-Cι5 substituted heteroaryl;
Rioi is independently chosen from H, -OH, Cι-C alkyl, -O-C]-C4 alkyl, C3- cycloalkyl, C7-Cι4 aralkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-C]7 substituted aryl;
R102 is independently chosen from H, F, Cι-C alkyl, C3- cycloalkyl, C7-C]4 aralkyl,
C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cι7 substituted aryl;
R103 and Rιo4 are independently chosen from H, Cι-C4 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C7-Cι4 aralkyl, C6-Cιo aryl, C6-Cπ substituted aryl; nlO is independently chosen from 0 and 1; and mlO is independently chosen from 0 and 1; including all stereoisomers, all E/Z isomers, all solvates and hydrates, and all salts thereof.
43. The composition of claim 42, wherein Rioo is independently phenyl, 4-Me-phenyl, 2-F-phenyl, 3-F-phenyl, 4-F-phenyl, 3-CF3-phenyl, 4-CF3-phenyl, 2-F-3-CF3-phenyl, 2- F-4-CF3-phenyl, 2-F-5-CF3-ρhenyl, 3,5-di-CF3-phenyl, 3-F-4-CF3-ρhenyl, 3-F-5-CF3- phenyl, 4-F-2-CF3-phenyl, 4-F-3-CF3-phenyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, or 6-C1-3- pyridyl.
pa-958577 150
44. The composition of claim 42, wherein Ri 0ι is independently H, -OH, or Cj -C4 alkyl.
45. The composition of claim 42, wherein R]02 is independently H, F, or Cι-C alkyl.
46. The composition of claim 42, wherein R103 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, or isopropyl, benzyl, unsubstituted phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, or 4-methylphenyl.
47. The composition of claim 42, wherein Rι0 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, or isopropyl, benzyl, unsubstituted phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, or 4-methylphenyl.
48. A method of treating a disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 42.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein the disease is inflammation, a disease caused by inflammation, or a disease which causes inflammation.
pa-958577 151
PCT/US2005/005901 2004-02-25 2005-02-25 Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases WO2005082343A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007500971A JP2007523955A (en) 2004-02-25 2005-02-25 Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases
CA002556914A CA2556914A1 (en) 2004-02-25 2005-02-25 Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases
EP05723671A EP1732531A2 (en) 2004-02-25 2005-02-25 Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases
AU2005216955A AU2005216955A1 (en) 2004-02-25 2005-02-25 Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US54799704P 2004-02-25 2004-02-25
US60/547,997 2004-02-25
US56901704P 2004-05-06 2004-05-06
US60/569,017 2004-05-06
US60122104P 2004-08-13 2004-08-13
US60/601,221 2004-08-13
US61915904P 2004-10-15 2004-10-15
US60/619,159 2004-10-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005082343A2 true WO2005082343A2 (en) 2005-09-09
WO2005082343A3 WO2005082343A3 (en) 2006-01-12

Family

ID=34916520

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/005901 WO2005082343A2 (en) 2004-02-25 2005-02-25 Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (3) US20060025438A1 (en)
EP (2) EP2283833A3 (en)
JP (1) JP2007523955A (en)
KR (1) KR20060135781A (en)
AU (1) AU2005216955A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2556914A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2005082343A2 (en)

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006013209A2 (en) * 2004-08-02 2006-02-09 Genmedica Therapeutics Sl Compounds for inhibiting copper-containing amine oxidases and uses thereof
WO2006021805A1 (en) * 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Diarylsulfones as 5-ht2a antagonists
WO2007120528A2 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-25 La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company Inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) and vap-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment and prevention of diseases
WO2011029996A1 (en) 2009-09-08 2011-03-17 Biotie Therapies Corp. Use of vap-1 inhibitors for treating fibrotic conditions
WO2011034078A1 (en) 2009-09-16 2011-03-24 アステラス製薬株式会社 Glycine compound
WO2012120195A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Biotie Therapies Corporation New pyridazinone and pyridone compounds
WO2014199171A1 (en) 2013-06-12 2014-12-18 Proximagen Limited New therapeutic uses of enzyme inhibitors
WO2015159112A1 (en) 2014-04-15 2015-10-22 Pécsi Tudományegyetem Semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase inhibitors for use as analgesics in traumatic neuropathy and neurogenic inflammation
WO2015189534A1 (en) 2014-06-12 2015-12-17 Proximagen Limited Vap-1 inhibitors for treating muscular dystrophy
EP2961403A4 (en) * 2013-03-01 2016-11-30 Zalicus Pharmaceuticals Ltd Heterocyclic inhibitors of the sodium channel
WO2018158140A1 (en) 2017-03-01 2018-09-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh TRANSITION METAL-CATALYZED PROTODECARBOXYLATION OF α-HALO-ACRYLIC ACID DERIVATIVES
US20190038611A1 (en) * 2015-09-09 2019-02-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Novel CYP34A-Specific Inhibitors and Methods of Using Same
WO2019129213A1 (en) * 2017-12-29 2019-07-04 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Amine compound for inhibiting ssao/vap-1 and use thereof
WO2020121263A1 (en) 2018-12-14 2020-06-18 Yuhan Corporation Triazolopyridin-3-ones or their salts and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2020233583A1 (en) * 2019-05-20 2020-11-26 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Isoquinolinone compound for inhibiting ssao/vap-1, and use thereof
EP3777846A1 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-02-17 BenevolentAI Cambridge Limited Vap-1 inhibitors for treating pain
CN112851669A (en) * 2015-04-24 2021-05-28 博善人工智能剑桥有限公司 Pharmaceutical salt forms of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) inhibitors
US11780830B2 (en) 2018-03-21 2023-10-10 Yuhan Corporation Triazolone derivatives or salts thereof and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2023203254A3 (en) * 2022-04-22 2023-12-21 Fundamental Pharma Gmbh Effective means to modulate nmda receptor-mediated toxicity

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4140630B2 (en) * 2005-11-10 2008-08-27 Ｔｄｋ株式会社 Magnetic head assembly and method of manufacturing magnetic head assembly
US8372399B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-02-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Bispecific antibodies and agents to enhance stem cell homing
US8636995B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2014-01-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods and devices to regulate stem cell homing
US20080058922A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods and devices employing vap-1 inhibitors
WO2009055002A1 (en) * 2007-10-24 2009-04-30 La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company Combined inhibitors of cyclooxygenase and semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) (vascular adhesion protein, vap-1)
WO2009061830A1 (en) * 2007-11-06 2009-05-14 Massachusetts Eye & Ear Infirmary Methods and compositions for treating conditions associated with angiogenesis using a vascular adhesion protein-1 (vap-1) inhibitor
NZ585528A (en) 2007-11-21 2012-08-31 Pharmaxis Ltd Haloallylamine inhibitors of ssao/vap-1 and uses therefor
FR2934859B1 (en) * 2008-08-05 2010-08-13 Servier Lab NEW PROCESS FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF AGOMELATIN
EP2357252A4 (en) 2008-09-03 2012-05-16 Univ Barcelona Autonoma Methods and compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of haemorrhagic conversion
WO2012116440A1 (en) * 2011-03-03 2012-09-07 Zalicus Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Benzimidazole inhibitors of the sodium channel
CN107266332B (en) 2012-05-02 2020-07-24 勃林格殷格翰国际有限公司 Substituted 3-haloallylamine inhibitors of SSAO and uses thereof
AU2018287777B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-05-21 Shandong Danhong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. SSAO inhibitor
CN109810041B (en) * 2017-11-21 2023-08-15 药捷安康(南京)科技股份有限公司 Halogenated allylamine SSAO/VAP-1 inhibitor and application thereof
KR20190110740A (en) * 2018-03-21 2019-10-01 주식회사유한양행 Novel aryl or heteroaryl triazolone derivatives or its salt and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2019241751A1 (en) * 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Metacrine, Inc. Ssao inhibitors and uses thereof
MX2021003559A (en) 2018-09-28 2021-08-24 Acucela Inc Inhibitors of vap-1.
JP2022511371A (en) 2018-09-28 2022-01-31 アキュセラ インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor of VAP-1
CN112876419A (en) * 2019-11-29 2021-06-01 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 Allylamine derivatives, process for producing the same and use thereof
WO2021222308A1 (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-11-04 Metacrine, Inc. Ssao inhibitors for the treatment of disease
CN114621189B (en) * 2020-12-14 2024-01-02 上海拓界生物医药科技有限公司 Lactam derivative and application thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004092164A1 (en) * 2003-04-10 2004-10-28 Amgen, Inc. Cyclic amine derivatives and their use in the treatment of inflammation-related disorders mediated by bradykinin
WO2004113335A2 (en) * 2003-06-20 2004-12-29 Chiron Corporation Pyridino[1,2-a]pyrimidin-4-one compounds as anticancer agents

Family Cites Families (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3930835A (en) 1970-08-06 1976-01-06 The Dow Chemical Company Pesticidal compositions and methods employing substituted oxirane compounds
US3833726A (en) 1971-12-13 1974-09-03 Warner Lambert Co 1-oxo-substituted-tetrahydronaphthalenes (substituted-tetralones)
US4016281A (en) 1975-02-22 1977-04-05 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung Tetralone and indanone compounds
SE408171B (en) * 1975-09-04 1979-05-21 Astra Laekemedel Ab ANALOGICAL PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF NEW ARALKYLAMIDES OF 2-AMINOPROPROPIONIC ACID, WHICH AMIDES HAVE FRAMACOLOGICAL PROPERTIES
AU527232B2 (en) 1977-11-14 1983-02-24 Pfizer Inc. Tetralones
US4291050A (en) 1979-06-21 1981-09-22 Merck & Co., Inc. 6,7-Disubstituted-2 or 2,2-substituted-5-substituted-1-indanones
FR2518088B1 (en) * 1981-12-16 1987-11-27 Roques Bernard NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
FR2530266B1 (en) 1982-07-13 1985-07-12 Comp Generale Electricite PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ARYLACETIC AND ARYLPROPIONIC ACIDS
US4699928A (en) 1984-07-13 1987-10-13 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Fluoroallylamine derivatives
US4603221A (en) 1985-06-10 1986-07-29 Ethyl Corporation Process for preparing substituted tetralones
DE3628650A1 (en) * 1986-03-12 1987-09-24 Bayer Ag RENINE INHIBITORS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE
US5331007A (en) * 1987-02-06 1994-07-19 Fisons Corporation Arylalkyl-amines and -amides having anticonvulsant and neuroprotective properties
FR2612183B1 (en) 1987-03-10 1989-06-16 Rhone Poulenc Chimie NOVEL TRIFLUOROMETHYL CHEMICALS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION
EP0298478A3 (en) 1987-07-10 1990-01-17 Ciba-Geigy Ag Method for the production of alpha-gluoroketones
US4902831A (en) 1987-11-09 1990-02-20 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. Preparation of ethylenediamine derivatives
EP0434297B1 (en) 1989-12-18 1996-10-16 Sumitomo Chemical Company Limited Optically active aromatic compounds, preparation process thereof, and liquid crystal compositions and elements
FR2658818B1 (en) * 1990-02-27 1993-12-31 Adir Cie NOVEL DERIVATIVES WITH NAPHTHALENIC STRUCTURE, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
EP0489300A3 (en) 1990-12-05 1993-03-17 J. Uriach & Cia. S.A. New tetralones with pharmacological activity
EP0593557B1 (en) * 1991-07-05 1996-01-31 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Aromatic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
ES2086151T3 (en) 1992-04-28 1996-06-16 Hoechst Ag PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF SUBSTITUTED INDANONAS.
US6403577B1 (en) * 1993-11-17 2002-06-11 Eli Lilly And Company Hexamethyleneiminyl tachykinin receptor antagonists
JPH0827072A (en) 1994-07-12 1996-01-30 Kuraray Co Ltd Production of 2-methyl-1,2-propanediamine
US5756862A (en) 1995-08-26 1998-05-26 Nihon Nohyaku Co., Ltd. Production of optically active 2-halo-1-(substituted phenyl)ethanol and substituted styrene oxide
WO1998040331A1 (en) 1997-03-07 1998-09-17 Targor Gmbh Preparation of preparing substituted indanones
FR2769749B1 (en) 1997-10-13 1999-12-17 Inst Francais Du Petrole REINFORCED ROD IN COMPOSITE MATERIAL
JP2000007606A (en) 1998-06-17 2000-01-11 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Production of 7-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-benzosuberone
JP2000007607A (en) 1998-06-22 2000-01-11 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Production of 7-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-benzosuberone
AU777735B2 (en) * 1999-07-15 2004-10-28 Pharmacopeia, Inc. Bradykinin B1 receptor antagonists
US6548710B2 (en) 2000-10-31 2003-04-15 Akzo Nobel N.V. Process for preparing 1-indanones
AU2002214505A1 (en) 2000-11-09 2002-05-21 Biovitrum Ab New use of 4, 5, 6, 7-tetrahydroimidazo-(4,5-c)pyridine derivatives
IL162270A0 (en) * 2001-12-14 2005-11-20 Novo Nordisk As Compounds and uses thereof for decreasing activityof hormone-sensitive lipase
DE10204072A1 (en) * 2002-01-31 2003-08-14 Morphochem Ag Komb Chemie New compounds that inhibit factor Xa activity
KR20040096541A (en) * 2002-01-31 2004-11-16 모르포켐 악티엥게셀샤프트 퓌르 콤비나토리셰 케미 COMPOUNDS THAT INHIBIT FACTOR Xa ACTIVITY

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004092164A1 (en) * 2003-04-10 2004-10-28 Amgen, Inc. Cyclic amine derivatives and their use in the treatment of inflammation-related disorders mediated by bradykinin
WO2004113335A2 (en) * 2003-06-20 2004-12-29 Chiron Corporation Pyridino[1,2-a]pyrimidin-4-one compounds as anticancer agents

Non-Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CHAABOUNI, REFAAT ET AL: "Hydroboration of vinylic aziridines. Stereospecific syntheses of primary allylic amines" TETRAHEDRON LETTERS , (10), 757-8 CODEN: TELEAY; ISSN: 0040-4039, 1976, XP008050578 *
DEJESUS, ONOFRE T. ET AL: "Evaluation of fluorinated m-tyrosine analogs as PET imaging agents of dopamine nerve terminals: comparison with 6-fluorodopa" JOURNAL OF NUCLEAR MEDICINE , 38(4), 630-636 CODEN: JNMEAQ; ISSN: 0161-5505, 1997, XP008050797 *
HUEBERT N D ET AL: "KINETICS AND METABOLISM OF P-TYRAMINE DURING MONOAMINE OXIDASE INHIBITION BY MOFEGILINE" CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY & THERAPEUTICS, MOSBY-YEAR BOOK, ST LOUIS, MO, US, vol. 56, no. 5, November 1994 (1994-11), pages 537-542, XP008048847 ISSN: 0009-9236 *
MCDONALD I A ET AL: "Enzyme-activated irreversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase: phenylallylamine structure-activity relationships" JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. WASHINGTON, US, vol. 28, no. 2, 1985, pages 186-193, XP002302791 ISSN: 0022-2623 *
MÜLLER S ET AL: "Effect of haloallylamines on polyamine oxidase activity and spermine levels in Ascaris suum." PARASITOLOGY RESEARCH. 1996, vol. 82, no. 6, 1996, pages 571-573, XP002339515 ISSN: 0932-0113 *
PALFREYMAN M G ET AL: "Haloallylamine inhibitors of MAO and SSAO and their therapeutic potential." JOURNAL OF NEURAL TRANSMISSION. SUPPLEMENTUM. 1994, vol. 41, 1994, pages 407-414, XP008050534 ISSN: 0303-6995 *
PERERA, ROHAN P. ET AL: "Characterization of a Series of 3-Amino-2-phenylpropene Derivatives as Novel Bovine Chromaffin Vesicular Monoamine Transporter Inhibitors" JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY , 46(13), 2599-2605 CODEN: JMCMAR; ISSN: 0022-2623, 2003, XP008050580 *
TODO Y ET AL: "Pyridonecarboxylic acids as antibacterial agents. VII. Synthesis and structure-activity relationship of amino- and hydroxyl-substituted 7-cycloalkyl and 7-vinyl derivatives of 1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-quin olone-3- carboxylic acid." CHEMICAL & PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN. OCT 1994, vol. 42, no. 10, October 1994 (1994-10), pages 2055-2062, XP008050555 ISSN: 0009-2363 *
ZAUGG H E ET AL: "New antihypertensive cannabinoids." JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY. FEB 1983, vol. 26, no. 2, February 1983 (1983-02), pages 214-217, XP002339516 ISSN: 0022-2623 *

Cited By (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006013209A3 (en) * 2004-08-02 2006-06-15 Genmedica Therapeutics Sl Compounds for inhibiting copper-containing amine oxidases and uses thereof
WO2006013209A2 (en) * 2004-08-02 2006-02-09 Genmedica Therapeutics Sl Compounds for inhibiting copper-containing amine oxidases and uses thereof
US7468393B2 (en) 2004-08-27 2008-12-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Diarylsulfones as 5-HT2A antagonists
US7217740B2 (en) 2004-08-27 2007-05-15 Merck Sharp And Dohme Diarylsulfones as 5-HT2A antagonists
WO2006021805A1 (en) * 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Diarylsulfones as 5-ht2a antagonists
WO2007120528A2 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-25 La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company Inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) and vap-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment and prevention of diseases
WO2007120528A3 (en) * 2006-03-31 2008-07-24 Jolla Pharma Inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) and vap-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment and prevention of diseases
WO2011029996A1 (en) 2009-09-08 2011-03-17 Biotie Therapies Corp. Use of vap-1 inhibitors for treating fibrotic conditions
US10576148B2 (en) 2009-09-08 2020-03-03 Biotie Therapies Corp. Use of VAP-1 inhibitors for treating fibrotic conditions
US9795671B2 (en) 2009-09-08 2017-10-24 Biotie Therapies Corp. Use of VAP-1 inhibitors for treating fibrotic conditions
WO2011034078A1 (en) 2009-09-16 2011-03-24 アステラス製薬株式会社 Glycine compound
EP2479165A1 (en) * 2009-09-16 2012-07-25 Astellas Pharma Inc. Glycine compound
EP2479165A4 (en) * 2009-09-16 2013-02-27 Astellas Pharma Inc Glycine compound
US8802679B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2014-08-12 Astellas Pharma Inc. Glycine compound
WO2012120195A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Biotie Therapies Corporation New pyridazinone and pyridone compounds
EP2961403A4 (en) * 2013-03-01 2016-11-30 Zalicus Pharmaceuticals Ltd Heterocyclic inhibitors of the sodium channel
WO2014199171A1 (en) 2013-06-12 2014-12-18 Proximagen Limited New therapeutic uses of enzyme inhibitors
WO2015159112A1 (en) 2014-04-15 2015-10-22 Pécsi Tudományegyetem Semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase inhibitors for use as analgesics in traumatic neuropathy and neurogenic inflammation
WO2015189534A1 (en) 2014-06-12 2015-12-17 Proximagen Limited Vap-1 inhibitors for treating muscular dystrophy
CN112851669A (en) * 2015-04-24 2021-05-28 博善人工智能剑桥有限公司 Pharmaceutical salt forms of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) inhibitors
US20190038611A1 (en) * 2015-09-09 2019-02-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Novel CYP34A-Specific Inhibitors and Methods of Using Same
EP3777846A1 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-02-17 BenevolentAI Cambridge Limited Vap-1 inhibitors for treating pain
WO2018158140A1 (en) 2017-03-01 2018-09-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh TRANSITION METAL-CATALYZED PROTODECARBOXYLATION OF α-HALO-ACRYLIC ACID DERIVATIVES
US11046648B2 (en) 2017-03-01 2021-06-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Transition metal-catalyzed protodecarboxylation of α-halo-acrylic acid derivatives
US10654803B2 (en) 2017-03-01 2020-05-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Transition metal-catalyzed protodecarboxylation of alpha-halo-acrylic acid derivatives
WO2019129213A1 (en) * 2017-12-29 2019-07-04 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Amine compound for inhibiting ssao/vap-1 and use thereof
CN109988109B (en) * 2017-12-29 2020-12-29 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Amine compound for inhibiting SSAO/VAP-1 and application thereof
CN109988109A (en) * 2017-12-29 2019-07-09 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Inhibit the aminated compounds and application thereof of SSAO/VAP-1
US11780830B2 (en) 2018-03-21 2023-10-10 Yuhan Corporation Triazolone derivatives or salts thereof and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2020121263A1 (en) 2018-12-14 2020-06-18 Yuhan Corporation Triazolopyridin-3-ones or their salts and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
EP3894408A4 (en) * 2018-12-14 2022-08-17 Yuhan Corporation Triazolopyridin-3-ones or their salts and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
US11820769B2 (en) 2018-12-14 2023-11-21 Yuhan Corporation Triazolopyridin-3-ones or their salts and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2020233583A1 (en) * 2019-05-20 2020-11-26 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Isoquinolinone compound for inhibiting ssao/vap-1, and use thereof
WO2023203254A3 (en) * 2022-04-22 2023-12-21 Fundamental Pharma Gmbh Effective means to modulate nmda receptor-mediated toxicity

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20060135781A (en) 2006-12-29
EP2283833A3 (en) 2013-07-10
WO2005082343A3 (en) 2006-01-12
CA2556914A1 (en) 2005-09-09
US20060025438A1 (en) 2006-02-02
US20070078157A1 (en) 2007-04-05
AU2005216955A1 (en) 2005-09-09
US20120172392A1 (en) 2012-07-05
EP2283833A2 (en) 2011-02-16
EP1732531A2 (en) 2006-12-20
JP2007523955A (en) 2007-08-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2283833A2 (en) Amines and amides for the treatment of diseases
JP4782252B2 (en) 1-aminoindane and compositions thereof
US20050096360A1 (en) Inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) and VAP-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment of diseases
JP4410553B2 (en) Isoxazoline compounds having MIF antagonist activity
WO2006094201A2 (en) Semicarbazide-sensitive amide oxidase inhibitors
JP5253155B2 (en) MAO-B inhibitor useful for the treatment of obesity
JP2000516225A (en) Use of .GAMMA.-hydroxybutyric amide in drug addiction and especially in the treatment of alcoholism
CN112930175A (en) Method for treating epilepsy
KR20080002906A (en) Treatment of epilepsy with non-imidazole alkylamines histamine h3-receptor ligands
EP1458378B1 (en) Amino acid derivatives useful for the treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
CS225850B2 (en) Process for preparing new r,r-n-(2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl)-1-methyl-3-phenylpropylamines
WO2009055002A1 (en) Combined inhibitors of cyclooxygenase and semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) (vascular adhesion protein, vap-1)
US20050136444A1 (en) Treating neuropathic pain with neuropeptide FF receptor 2 agonists
US8802734B2 (en) Method of treating or preventing pain
JP2013249256A (en) Fat liver disease therapeutic agent
JP2013500957A (en) Inflammation treatment compound
EP1872780A2 (en) Omega-Phenyloctanamides as therapeutic compounds
JP2006519875A (en) Selective cytokine inhibitors for treating central nervous system disorders
KR20160055121A (en) Therapeutic agents for use in the prophylaxis and/or treatment of hyperkinetic movement disorders
MXPA04001980A (en) Method for treating alzheimer&#39;s disease using quinaldoyl-amine derivatives of oxo- and hydroxy-substituted hydrocarbons.
WO2015046405A1 (en) Analgesic
KR20120117936A (en) Use of agomelatine in obtaining medicaments intended for the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder(ocd)
KR20220041134A (en) Serotonergic agents and 5-HT1A-receptor antagonists
JP2007077147A (en) New combination of agomelatine and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor and pharmaceutical composition containing the same
JP2007516204A (en) Composition comprising selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor and 5-HT2A receptor antagonist

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005216955

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2364/KOLNP/2006

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: 2556914

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007500971

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020067017244

Country of ref document: KR

Ref document number: 200580005834.0

Country of ref document: CN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005216955

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050225

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005216955

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005723671

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005723671

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020067017244

Country of ref document: KR